Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 170
Configuration
Configuration File Management
9500MPR-E
3DB 18648 0000
Issue 1
Rel122
July 2009
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 270
Status RELEASED
All rights reserved
Passing on and copying of this document
use and communication of its contents is not permitted
without written authorization from Alcatel-Lucent
3DB 18648 0000
Issue 1
Alcatel Lucent Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners
The information presented is subject to change without notice Alcatel-Lucent assumes no
responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein
Copyright copy 2007 Alcatel-Lucent
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 370
Configuration
Table of Contents
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 166
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF FIGURES 3
PREFACE 5
Preliminary Information 5
Applicability 7Scope 7
Relevant Note 7
History 8
Handbook Structure 9
General on Customer Documentation 10
1 MANAGEMENT OF ENHANCED CONFIGURATION FILE 15
11 File Name 15
12 File Format 15
13 Configuration File upload 15
14 Configuration File Removal 16
15 Configuration File update add a new commandfeature 1616 Configuration File update remove an existing commandfeature 16
17 Restoring Ethernet switch initial configuration 16
18 Restoring MOD300 initial configuration 17
19 How to run enhanced configuration file 17
110 SW package activation 17
111 Behavior in Core protection 17
112 Behavior in Radio protection 17
2 COMMON ASSUMPTION 19
3 FEATURES SUPPORTED THROUGH CONFIGURATION FILE MANAGEMENT 21
31 QinQ 21311 Preliminary configuration 21
312 TPID setting 22
313 Port configuration 22
314 VLAN Table management 23
315 QINQ management usage examples 24
32 VLAN SWAP 31
321 Preliminary configuration 31
322 Enable VLAN swap 31
323 VLAN Creation 31
324 Create a VLAN swap rule 32
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop 32326 VLAN SWAP usage examples 33
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING 36
331 Preliminary configuration 36
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting 36
34 SCHEDULER SETTING 37
341 Preliminary information 37
342 Default configuration 37
343 Switch configuration 38
344 MOD300 configuration 38
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES 39
351 Default configuration 39
352 Switch configuration 40
353 MOD300 configuration 43
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 470
Configuration
Table of Contents
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1266
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES 48
361 Default configuration 48
362 Switch configuration 48
363 MOD300 configuration 51
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO QUEUES 57
371 Preliminary configuration 57
372 MOD300 configuration 57
ABBREVIATIONS 59
INDEX 63
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK 65
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 570
Configuration
List of Figures
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 366
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment 19
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A 24
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B 27
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling 33
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration 37
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 670
Configuration
List of Figures
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 770
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 566
PREFACE
Preliminary Information
WARNING
Any warranty must be referred exclusively to the terms of the contract of sale of the equipment to
which this handbook refers to
Alcatel-Lucent makes no warranty of any kind with regards to this manual and specifically disclaims
the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose ALCATEL-LUCENT will
not be liable for errors contained herein or for damages whether direct indirect consequential inci-
dental or special in connection with the furnishing performance or use of this material
NOTICE
The product specification andor performance levels contained in this document are for information
purposes only and are subject to change without notice They do not represent any obligation on the
part of ALCATEL-LUCENT
COPYRIGHT NOTIFICATION
The technical information of this manual is the property of ALCATEL-LUCENT and must not be cop-
ied reproduced or disclosed to a third party without written consent
TECHNICAL SUPPORT
Please contact your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center for questions reffered to the infor-
mation contained in this document
To send your comments about this handbook please follow the indication on Customer Documen-
tation Feedback
SAFETY RECOMMENDATION
The safety recommendations here below must be considered to avoid injuries on persons andor
damage to the equipment
1) Service Personnel
Installation and service must be carried out by authorized persons having appropriate technical
training and experience necessary to be aware of hazardous operations during installation and
service so as to prevent any personal injury or danger to other persons as well as prevent-
damaging the equipment
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 870
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1666
2) Access to the Equipment
Access to the Equipment in use must be restricted to Service Personnel only
3) Safety Rules
Recommended safety rules are indicated in Chapter 1 from page 21
Local safety regulations must be used if mandatory Safety instructions in this handbook should
be used in addition to the local safety regulations In case of conflict between safety instructions
stated in this manual and those indicated in local regulations mandatory local norms will pre-
vail Should not local regulations be mandatory then safety rules stated in this manual will pre-
vail
SERVICE PERSONNEL SKILL
Service Personnel must have an adequate technical background on telecommunications and in par-
ticular on the equipment subject of this handbook
An adequate background is required to properly install operate and maintain equipment The fact
of merely reading this handbook is considered as not enough
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 970
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 766
Applicability
This document applies to 9500MPR R122
This document applies to following productndashreleases
Scope
Scope of this document is to define the configuration files and the procedure to apply them
It will support by MPR-E release 122
By the means of this configuration file it will be possible to configure the Ethernet switch inside the CoreE
and the FPGA inside the Modem 300 board in order to obtain a specific behavior unobtainable with the
supported configuration tools
This document describes the features available at the date the document is released
Relevant Note
The command described in this document are examples of the command application the
user should adapt the described commands with the correct data for the equipment
Commands not described in this document are under user responsability
PRODUCT
9500MPR-E
PRODUCT RELEASE
9500MPR-E 122
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1070
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1866
History
EDITION DATE DESCRIPTIONS
01 July 2009 Creation for Release 122
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1170
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 966
Handbook Structure
This handbook has been edited according to the Alcatel-Lucent standardized ldquodrawing-up guides com-
plying with such suggestion
This handbook is divided into the main topics described in the table of contents
PREFACE It contains general information as preliminary information safety
recommendation handbook scope history related documents
Furthermore it describes the handbook structure and the cus-
tomer documentation
Management of enhanced Con-
figuration File
Describes the management of new features possible through con-
figuration file
Common Assumption Describes the Switch to equipment ports assignment
Features supported through Con-figuration file management
Describes features tha can be implemented through configurationfiles and how to implement them
ABBREVIATIONS The abbreviation list is supplied
INDEX Index references are inserted
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION
FEEDBACK
It contains info regarding customer opinions collection about this
document
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1270
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11066
General on Customer Documentation
This paragraph describes in general the AlcatelndashLucent Customer Documentation system details the
association between the product levels and the associated documentation and explains Customer Doc-
umentation characteristics as well as the policies for its delivery and updating
CustomerndashIndependent Standard Customer Documentation
a) Definition
Standard Customer Documentation referred to hereafter must be always meant as plantndashindepen-
dent and is always independent of any Customization
Plantndashdependent andor Customized documentation if envisaged by the contract is subjected to
commercial criteria as far as contents formats and supply conditions are concerned
NB Plantndashdependent and Customized documentation is not described here
b) Aims of standard Customer Documentation
Standard system hardware and software documentation is meant to give the Customer personnel
the possibility and the information necessary for installing commissioning operating and maintain-
ing the equipment according to AlcatelndashLucent Laboratory design and Installation Dept choices Inparticular
bull the contents of the chapters associated to the software applications focus on the explanation
of the manndashmachine interface and of the operating procedures allowed by it
bull maintenance is described down to faulty PCB location and replacement
NB No supply to Customers of design documentation (like PCB hardware design andproduction
documents and files software source programs programming tools etc) is envisaged
Product levels and associated Customer Documentation
a) Products
A ldquoproductrdquo is defined by the network hierarchical level where it can be inserted and by the whole
of performances and services that it is meant forEg 9500 MPR-E is a product
b) Product-releases
A rdquoproductrdquo evolves through successive ldquoproductndashreleasesrdquo which are the real products marketed
for their delivery at a certain rdquoproductndashreleaserdquo availability date A certain rdquoproductndashreleaserdquo performs
more functionalities than the previous one
Eg Rel10 and Rel20 are two successive ldquoproductndashreleasesrdquo of the same ldquoproductrdquo
A ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo comprehends a set of hardware components and at least one ldquoSoftware Pack-
agerdquo (SWP) as a whole they identify the possible network applications and the equipment perfor-
mances that the specific ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo has been designed engineered and marketed for
c) Configurations and Network ElementsIn some cases a ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo includes different possible ldquoconfigurationsrdquo which are distin-
guished from one another by different ldquoNetwork Elementrdquo (NE) types and from the management
point of view by different SWPs
d) SWP releases versions and CDndashROMs
bull Each SWP is distributed by means of a specific SWP CDndashROM
bull A SWP is identified by its ldquoDenominationrdquo ldquoPNrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo (Change Status) that
are printed on the CDndashROMrsquos label
ndash the first and second digits of the ldquoDenominationrdquo (eg 20) correspond to the ldquoHW productndash
releaserdquo number
ndash the third digit of the of the ldquoDenominationrdquo (eg 202) identifies the Version Level of the
SWP
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1370
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1166
bull A SWP with new Version Level providing main features in addition to those of the previous Ver-
sion Level SWP is distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM having new ldquoDenominationrdquoldquoP
Nrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
bull A SWP patch version if any is created to correct SW bugs andor to add minor features andis
distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM that can be identified
ndash by the same ldquoPNrdquo of the former CDndashROM but with an incremented ldquoCSrdquo number
(egCS=02 instead of previous CS=01) ndash or by a new ldquoPNrdquo and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
Handbook Updating
The handbooks associated to the product-release are listed in ldquordquo on page 8
Each handbook is identified by
ndash the name of the productndashrelease (and version when the handbook is applicable to the versions
starting from it but not to the previous ones)
ndash the handbook name
ndash the handbook Part Number
ndash the handbook edition (usually first edition=01)
ndash the handbook issue date The date on the handbook does not refer to the date of print but to the date
on which the handbook source file has been completed and released for the production
Changes introduced in the same productndashrelease (same handbook PN)
The edition and date of issue might change on future handbook versions for the following reasons
ndash only the date changes (pointed out in the Table of Contents) when modifications are made to the edi-
torial system not changing the technical contents of the handbook
ndash the edition hence the date is changed because modifications made concern technical contents In
this case
bull the changes with respect to the previous edition are listed in History on page 8
bull in affected chapters revision bars on the left of the page indicate modifications in text and draw-
ings
Changes concerning the technical contents of the handbook cause the edition number increase (eg from
Ed01 to Ed02) Slight changes (eg for corrections) maintain the same edition but with the addition of
a version character (eg from Ed02 to Ed02A) Version character can be used for draft or proposal edi-
tions
NOTES FOR HANDBOOKS RELEVANT TO SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS
Handbooks relevant to software applications (typically the Operators Handbooks)
are not modified unless the new software version distributed to Customersimplies man-machine interface changes or in case of slight modifications not
affecting the understanding of the explained procedures
Moreover should the screen prints included in the handbook contain the productndashreleases
version marking they are not replaced in the handbooks related to a subsequent version if
the screen contents are unchanged
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers who have already received previous issues is submitted to
commercial criteria
By updated handbook delivery it is meant the supply of a complete copy of the handbook new issue (sup-plying errata-corrige sheets is not envisaged)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1470
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11266
Changes due to new product version
A new product version changes the handbook PN and the edition starts from 01
In this case the modified parts of the handbook are not listed
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1570
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1366
Customer documentation on CD-ROM
In the following by CD-ROM it is meant Customer Documentation on CD-ROM
Contents creation and production of a CD-ROM
In most cases a CD-ROM contains in read-only eletronic format the documentation of one product-
release(-version) and for a certain languageIn some other cases the same CD-ROM can contain the documentation of different product-release(-ver-
sion)s for a certain language
As a general rule
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Management products do not contain
bull the Installation Guides
bull the documentation of system optional features that Customers could not buy from Alcatel
together with the main applicative SW
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Elements products do not contain
bull the documentation of system optional features (eg System Installation Handbooks related to
racks that Customers could not buy from Alcatel together with the main equipment)
A CD-ROM is obtained collecting various handbooks and documents in pdf format Bookmarks and
hyperlinks make the navigation easier No additional information is added to each handbook so that the
documentation present in the CD-ROMs is exactly the same the Customer would receive on paper
The files processed in this way are added to filesimages for managing purpose and a master CD-ROM
is recorded
Suitable checks are made in order to have a virus-free product
After a complete functional check the CD-ROM image is electronically transferred to the archive of the
Production Department so that the CD-ROM can be produced and delivered to Customers
Use of the CD-ROM
The CD-ROM can be used both in PC and Unix WS environments
The CD-ROM starts automatically with autorun and hyperlinks from the opened ldquoIndex document permit
to visualize the pdf handbooks
Other hyperlinks permit to get from the Technical handbooks the specific pdf setting documents
In order to open the pdf documents Adobe Acrobat Reader Version 40 (minimum) must have been
installed on the platform
The CD-ROM doesnt contain the Adobe Acrobat Reader program The Customer is in charge of getting
and installing it
ReadMe info is present on the CD-ROM to this purpose
Then the Customer is allowed to read the handbooks on the PCWS screen using the navigation and
zooming tools included in the tool and to print selected parts of the documentation through a local printer
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1670
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11466
CD-ROM identification
Each CD-ROM is identified
1) by external identifiers that are printed on the CD-ROM upper surface
ndash the name of the product-release(s) (and version if applicable)
ndash a writing indicating the language(s)
ndash the CD-ROM Part Number) ndash the CD-ROM edition (usually first edition=01)
2) and internally by the list of the source handbooks and documents (PNs and editions) by
whose collection and processing the CD-ROM itself has been created
CD-ROM updating
The list of source handbookdocument PNs-editions indicated in previous para point 2) in association
with the CD-ROMs own PN-edition is also loaded in the Alcatel-Information-System as a structured list
Whenever a new edition of any of such handbooksdocuments is released in the Alcatel archive system
a check in the Alcatel-Information-System is made to identify the list of CD-ROMs that must be updated
to include the new editions of these handbooksdocumentsThis causes the planning and creation of a new edition of the CD-ROM
Updating of CD-ROMs always follows with a certain delay the updating of the single handbooks com-
posing the collection
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1770
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1566
1 Management of enhanced Configuration File
11 File Name
The configuration file for Ethernet switch must be named enhanced_eth_featurepsh
The configuration file for MOD300 board must be named fullConfig_radiopsh
12 File Format
The configuration files are text files (WordPad cannot be used NotePad is suggested) they must be cre-
ated on PC (Windows or Linux or MAC) The content of the configuration file is formed by a list of com-
mands each of them using a different line
It is possible to insert comments in Configuration File
Use at beginning of the line to write a comment inside the Configuration File the comment is private
It is mandatory to insert an additional carriage return as last line of each configuration file
13 Configuration File upload
The configuration files must be uploaded to the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
The configuration files must be put (switch radio or both) in the EC compact flash inside the following
directory
homeadm-lc-ngconfig
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1870
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11666
14 Configuration File Removal
The configuration files can be removed from the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
Browsing the directory the configuration file must be deleted In order to disable all configuration file fea-
tures please refer to paragraph 1718 Simply removing configuration file from Compact Flash doesnt
imply the removal of all features applied by configuration file itself
15 Configuration File update add a new commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time an additional configuration is needed on top of the current features
applied by configuration file (eg one additional VLAN is needed) What is not possible with this procedure
is the complete removal of a specific commandfeature in such case refer to 1718
In order to append a new command on the existing configuration file by FTP client it is necessary to get
from compact flash the current configuration file and using a text editor append all the new commands
needed The edited configuration file must be uploaded again on the compact flash
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
16 Configuration File update remove an existing commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time one command or feature must be deleted
It is necessary to follow the procedure described below
ndash restore the initial configuration of the switch or radio (see 1718)
ndash upload a new configuration file
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
17 Restoring Ethernet switch initial configuration
To restore the initial configuration (the current configuration without any setting resulting from CF) the pro-
cedure includes the following steps
1) By FTP the CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
2) By FTP a specific CF (see below restoring CF) must be uploaded to the flash card
3) By normal procedure the CF must be execute (see 19)
4) By FTP the restoring CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1970
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1766
5) Perform a reset (see 19)
restoring configuration file
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 00500001 0001
end enhanced configuration file
18 Restoring MOD300 initial configuration
For this board is needed apply a specific configuration file for each feature in this case please refer next
chapters
19 How to run enhanced configuration fileConfiguration files must be uploaded in proper directory (see par 13)
In order to run (apply) the configuration files a reset command is needed using one of the following meth-
ods
ndash switch offon
ndash By pshell using reset command (if available)
ndash By CT using NE Restart command
NB A traffic hit may occur during reset command or NE restart up to 120 s
110 SW package activation
Since the SW package activation implies a EC software reset the configuration file will be applied again
no specific operations are required
111 Behavior in Core protection
The configuration file is loaded and applied on Core Spare too The file is uploaded from Core Main com-
pact flash This is the normal behavior in case of Core protection since Core Main and Core Spare are
kept aligned in terms of configuration So as soon as a Core switch occurs the Core becoming active
will have enhanced features already configured
112 Behavior in Radio protection
Regarding the configuration file for MOD300 board the Board Spare is managed as an independent Radio
Board In this case the radio configuration file contains the configuration of both radio cards
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2070
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11866
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2170
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1966
2 Common Assumption
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment
Slot 1 Slot2
Slot 3 Slot 4
Slot 5 Slot 6
Slot 7 Slot 8
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2270
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12066
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2166
3 Features supported through Configuration file
management
A generic feature can be implemented using configuration file The configuration file uses a set of low level
commands provisioning in the proper way different devices of different MPR cards The appropriate com-
mands are written inside a configuration file After an NE reset the configuration file is applied provi-
sioning the Ethernet switch and other devices to implement the desired feature
31 QinQ
To properly configure QinQ feature inside the MPR this procedure should be followed
1) Preliminary configuration
2) TPID setting
3) Port configuration (UNI NNI)
4) S-VLAN definition
5) S-VLAN priority definition
311 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the QinQ capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in 8021D
bridge mode by CTNMS Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be
properly configured by CTNMS
All the service VLANs will be configured by configuration file
discard all traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12266
312 TPID setting
In Q-in-Q bridging mode it is required to define a TPID value The default is 0x8100 The same TPID on
all permitted ports should be used Changing TPID on Radio and PDH ports is forbidden
bcm dtag tpid ltpbmgt ltex valuegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltex valuegt TPID value in hexadecimal
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt outertpidselect 0
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20
NB This command should not be applied if the TPID=0x8100 (since this value of TPID is the default
value)
Command example
bcm dtag tpid ge17 0x9100
bcm vlan port ge17 outertpidselect 0
On user port 1 the TPID will be 0x9100 The outer TPID will be the per port configured TPID
NB The default TPID value in Q-in-Q is 0x8100 changing the TPID with a different value than
0x8100 will imply a traffic hit up to 120 seconds on all MPR interfaces (PDHs radios and user
ports) during every restart condition after the first configuration file appliance
313 Port configurationIn Q-in-Q bridging mode each port must be defined as user to network interface (UNI) or network to net-
work interface (NNI)
bcm dtag mode ltpbmgt lttypegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 and each slot lodging a
MOD300 Radio Board mandatory
bull lttypegt it is the port definition that can be internal for NNI ports or external for UNI ports man-
datory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towardslot where a PDH card is lodged Applying this command toward PDH slots will destroy all the
E1s traffic
All radio ports shall be NNI ports
Command example
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge20 internal
bcm port ltpbmpgt priority=ltngt discard=none
bull ltpbmpgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 270
Status RELEASED
All rights reserved
Passing on and copying of this document
use and communication of its contents is not permitted
without written authorization from Alcatel-Lucent
3DB 18648 0000
Issue 1
Alcatel Lucent Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners
The information presented is subject to change without notice Alcatel-Lucent assumes no
responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein
Copyright copy 2007 Alcatel-Lucent
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 370
Configuration
Table of Contents
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 166
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF FIGURES 3
PREFACE 5
Preliminary Information 5
Applicability 7Scope 7
Relevant Note 7
History 8
Handbook Structure 9
General on Customer Documentation 10
1 MANAGEMENT OF ENHANCED CONFIGURATION FILE 15
11 File Name 15
12 File Format 15
13 Configuration File upload 15
14 Configuration File Removal 16
15 Configuration File update add a new commandfeature 1616 Configuration File update remove an existing commandfeature 16
17 Restoring Ethernet switch initial configuration 16
18 Restoring MOD300 initial configuration 17
19 How to run enhanced configuration file 17
110 SW package activation 17
111 Behavior in Core protection 17
112 Behavior in Radio protection 17
2 COMMON ASSUMPTION 19
3 FEATURES SUPPORTED THROUGH CONFIGURATION FILE MANAGEMENT 21
31 QinQ 21311 Preliminary configuration 21
312 TPID setting 22
313 Port configuration 22
314 VLAN Table management 23
315 QINQ management usage examples 24
32 VLAN SWAP 31
321 Preliminary configuration 31
322 Enable VLAN swap 31
323 VLAN Creation 31
324 Create a VLAN swap rule 32
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop 32326 VLAN SWAP usage examples 33
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING 36
331 Preliminary configuration 36
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting 36
34 SCHEDULER SETTING 37
341 Preliminary information 37
342 Default configuration 37
343 Switch configuration 38
344 MOD300 configuration 38
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES 39
351 Default configuration 39
352 Switch configuration 40
353 MOD300 configuration 43
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 470
Configuration
Table of Contents
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1266
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES 48
361 Default configuration 48
362 Switch configuration 48
363 MOD300 configuration 51
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO QUEUES 57
371 Preliminary configuration 57
372 MOD300 configuration 57
ABBREVIATIONS 59
INDEX 63
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK 65
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 570
Configuration
List of Figures
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 366
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment 19
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A 24
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B 27
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling 33
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration 37
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 670
Configuration
List of Figures
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 770
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 566
PREFACE
Preliminary Information
WARNING
Any warranty must be referred exclusively to the terms of the contract of sale of the equipment to
which this handbook refers to
Alcatel-Lucent makes no warranty of any kind with regards to this manual and specifically disclaims
the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose ALCATEL-LUCENT will
not be liable for errors contained herein or for damages whether direct indirect consequential inci-
dental or special in connection with the furnishing performance or use of this material
NOTICE
The product specification andor performance levels contained in this document are for information
purposes only and are subject to change without notice They do not represent any obligation on the
part of ALCATEL-LUCENT
COPYRIGHT NOTIFICATION
The technical information of this manual is the property of ALCATEL-LUCENT and must not be cop-
ied reproduced or disclosed to a third party without written consent
TECHNICAL SUPPORT
Please contact your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center for questions reffered to the infor-
mation contained in this document
To send your comments about this handbook please follow the indication on Customer Documen-
tation Feedback
SAFETY RECOMMENDATION
The safety recommendations here below must be considered to avoid injuries on persons andor
damage to the equipment
1) Service Personnel
Installation and service must be carried out by authorized persons having appropriate technical
training and experience necessary to be aware of hazardous operations during installation and
service so as to prevent any personal injury or danger to other persons as well as prevent-
damaging the equipment
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 870
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1666
2) Access to the Equipment
Access to the Equipment in use must be restricted to Service Personnel only
3) Safety Rules
Recommended safety rules are indicated in Chapter 1 from page 21
Local safety regulations must be used if mandatory Safety instructions in this handbook should
be used in addition to the local safety regulations In case of conflict between safety instructions
stated in this manual and those indicated in local regulations mandatory local norms will pre-
vail Should not local regulations be mandatory then safety rules stated in this manual will pre-
vail
SERVICE PERSONNEL SKILL
Service Personnel must have an adequate technical background on telecommunications and in par-
ticular on the equipment subject of this handbook
An adequate background is required to properly install operate and maintain equipment The fact
of merely reading this handbook is considered as not enough
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 970
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 766
Applicability
This document applies to 9500MPR R122
This document applies to following productndashreleases
Scope
Scope of this document is to define the configuration files and the procedure to apply them
It will support by MPR-E release 122
By the means of this configuration file it will be possible to configure the Ethernet switch inside the CoreE
and the FPGA inside the Modem 300 board in order to obtain a specific behavior unobtainable with the
supported configuration tools
This document describes the features available at the date the document is released
Relevant Note
The command described in this document are examples of the command application the
user should adapt the described commands with the correct data for the equipment
Commands not described in this document are under user responsability
PRODUCT
9500MPR-E
PRODUCT RELEASE
9500MPR-E 122
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1070
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1866
History
EDITION DATE DESCRIPTIONS
01 July 2009 Creation for Release 122
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1170
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 966
Handbook Structure
This handbook has been edited according to the Alcatel-Lucent standardized ldquodrawing-up guides com-
plying with such suggestion
This handbook is divided into the main topics described in the table of contents
PREFACE It contains general information as preliminary information safety
recommendation handbook scope history related documents
Furthermore it describes the handbook structure and the cus-
tomer documentation
Management of enhanced Con-
figuration File
Describes the management of new features possible through con-
figuration file
Common Assumption Describes the Switch to equipment ports assignment
Features supported through Con-figuration file management
Describes features tha can be implemented through configurationfiles and how to implement them
ABBREVIATIONS The abbreviation list is supplied
INDEX Index references are inserted
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION
FEEDBACK
It contains info regarding customer opinions collection about this
document
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1270
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11066
General on Customer Documentation
This paragraph describes in general the AlcatelndashLucent Customer Documentation system details the
association between the product levels and the associated documentation and explains Customer Doc-
umentation characteristics as well as the policies for its delivery and updating
CustomerndashIndependent Standard Customer Documentation
a) Definition
Standard Customer Documentation referred to hereafter must be always meant as plantndashindepen-
dent and is always independent of any Customization
Plantndashdependent andor Customized documentation if envisaged by the contract is subjected to
commercial criteria as far as contents formats and supply conditions are concerned
NB Plantndashdependent and Customized documentation is not described here
b) Aims of standard Customer Documentation
Standard system hardware and software documentation is meant to give the Customer personnel
the possibility and the information necessary for installing commissioning operating and maintain-
ing the equipment according to AlcatelndashLucent Laboratory design and Installation Dept choices Inparticular
bull the contents of the chapters associated to the software applications focus on the explanation
of the manndashmachine interface and of the operating procedures allowed by it
bull maintenance is described down to faulty PCB location and replacement
NB No supply to Customers of design documentation (like PCB hardware design andproduction
documents and files software source programs programming tools etc) is envisaged
Product levels and associated Customer Documentation
a) Products
A ldquoproductrdquo is defined by the network hierarchical level where it can be inserted and by the whole
of performances and services that it is meant forEg 9500 MPR-E is a product
b) Product-releases
A rdquoproductrdquo evolves through successive ldquoproductndashreleasesrdquo which are the real products marketed
for their delivery at a certain rdquoproductndashreleaserdquo availability date A certain rdquoproductndashreleaserdquo performs
more functionalities than the previous one
Eg Rel10 and Rel20 are two successive ldquoproductndashreleasesrdquo of the same ldquoproductrdquo
A ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo comprehends a set of hardware components and at least one ldquoSoftware Pack-
agerdquo (SWP) as a whole they identify the possible network applications and the equipment perfor-
mances that the specific ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo has been designed engineered and marketed for
c) Configurations and Network ElementsIn some cases a ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo includes different possible ldquoconfigurationsrdquo which are distin-
guished from one another by different ldquoNetwork Elementrdquo (NE) types and from the management
point of view by different SWPs
d) SWP releases versions and CDndashROMs
bull Each SWP is distributed by means of a specific SWP CDndashROM
bull A SWP is identified by its ldquoDenominationrdquo ldquoPNrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo (Change Status) that
are printed on the CDndashROMrsquos label
ndash the first and second digits of the ldquoDenominationrdquo (eg 20) correspond to the ldquoHW productndash
releaserdquo number
ndash the third digit of the of the ldquoDenominationrdquo (eg 202) identifies the Version Level of the
SWP
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1370
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1166
bull A SWP with new Version Level providing main features in addition to those of the previous Ver-
sion Level SWP is distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM having new ldquoDenominationrdquoldquoP
Nrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
bull A SWP patch version if any is created to correct SW bugs andor to add minor features andis
distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM that can be identified
ndash by the same ldquoPNrdquo of the former CDndashROM but with an incremented ldquoCSrdquo number
(egCS=02 instead of previous CS=01) ndash or by a new ldquoPNrdquo and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
Handbook Updating
The handbooks associated to the product-release are listed in ldquordquo on page 8
Each handbook is identified by
ndash the name of the productndashrelease (and version when the handbook is applicable to the versions
starting from it but not to the previous ones)
ndash the handbook name
ndash the handbook Part Number
ndash the handbook edition (usually first edition=01)
ndash the handbook issue date The date on the handbook does not refer to the date of print but to the date
on which the handbook source file has been completed and released for the production
Changes introduced in the same productndashrelease (same handbook PN)
The edition and date of issue might change on future handbook versions for the following reasons
ndash only the date changes (pointed out in the Table of Contents) when modifications are made to the edi-
torial system not changing the technical contents of the handbook
ndash the edition hence the date is changed because modifications made concern technical contents In
this case
bull the changes with respect to the previous edition are listed in History on page 8
bull in affected chapters revision bars on the left of the page indicate modifications in text and draw-
ings
Changes concerning the technical contents of the handbook cause the edition number increase (eg from
Ed01 to Ed02) Slight changes (eg for corrections) maintain the same edition but with the addition of
a version character (eg from Ed02 to Ed02A) Version character can be used for draft or proposal edi-
tions
NOTES FOR HANDBOOKS RELEVANT TO SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS
Handbooks relevant to software applications (typically the Operators Handbooks)
are not modified unless the new software version distributed to Customersimplies man-machine interface changes or in case of slight modifications not
affecting the understanding of the explained procedures
Moreover should the screen prints included in the handbook contain the productndashreleases
version marking they are not replaced in the handbooks related to a subsequent version if
the screen contents are unchanged
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers who have already received previous issues is submitted to
commercial criteria
By updated handbook delivery it is meant the supply of a complete copy of the handbook new issue (sup-plying errata-corrige sheets is not envisaged)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1470
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11266
Changes due to new product version
A new product version changes the handbook PN and the edition starts from 01
In this case the modified parts of the handbook are not listed
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1570
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1366
Customer documentation on CD-ROM
In the following by CD-ROM it is meant Customer Documentation on CD-ROM
Contents creation and production of a CD-ROM
In most cases a CD-ROM contains in read-only eletronic format the documentation of one product-
release(-version) and for a certain languageIn some other cases the same CD-ROM can contain the documentation of different product-release(-ver-
sion)s for a certain language
As a general rule
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Management products do not contain
bull the Installation Guides
bull the documentation of system optional features that Customers could not buy from Alcatel
together with the main applicative SW
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Elements products do not contain
bull the documentation of system optional features (eg System Installation Handbooks related to
racks that Customers could not buy from Alcatel together with the main equipment)
A CD-ROM is obtained collecting various handbooks and documents in pdf format Bookmarks and
hyperlinks make the navigation easier No additional information is added to each handbook so that the
documentation present in the CD-ROMs is exactly the same the Customer would receive on paper
The files processed in this way are added to filesimages for managing purpose and a master CD-ROM
is recorded
Suitable checks are made in order to have a virus-free product
After a complete functional check the CD-ROM image is electronically transferred to the archive of the
Production Department so that the CD-ROM can be produced and delivered to Customers
Use of the CD-ROM
The CD-ROM can be used both in PC and Unix WS environments
The CD-ROM starts automatically with autorun and hyperlinks from the opened ldquoIndex document permit
to visualize the pdf handbooks
Other hyperlinks permit to get from the Technical handbooks the specific pdf setting documents
In order to open the pdf documents Adobe Acrobat Reader Version 40 (minimum) must have been
installed on the platform
The CD-ROM doesnt contain the Adobe Acrobat Reader program The Customer is in charge of getting
and installing it
ReadMe info is present on the CD-ROM to this purpose
Then the Customer is allowed to read the handbooks on the PCWS screen using the navigation and
zooming tools included in the tool and to print selected parts of the documentation through a local printer
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1670
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11466
CD-ROM identification
Each CD-ROM is identified
1) by external identifiers that are printed on the CD-ROM upper surface
ndash the name of the product-release(s) (and version if applicable)
ndash a writing indicating the language(s)
ndash the CD-ROM Part Number) ndash the CD-ROM edition (usually first edition=01)
2) and internally by the list of the source handbooks and documents (PNs and editions) by
whose collection and processing the CD-ROM itself has been created
CD-ROM updating
The list of source handbookdocument PNs-editions indicated in previous para point 2) in association
with the CD-ROMs own PN-edition is also loaded in the Alcatel-Information-System as a structured list
Whenever a new edition of any of such handbooksdocuments is released in the Alcatel archive system
a check in the Alcatel-Information-System is made to identify the list of CD-ROMs that must be updated
to include the new editions of these handbooksdocumentsThis causes the planning and creation of a new edition of the CD-ROM
Updating of CD-ROMs always follows with a certain delay the updating of the single handbooks com-
posing the collection
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1770
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1566
1 Management of enhanced Configuration File
11 File Name
The configuration file for Ethernet switch must be named enhanced_eth_featurepsh
The configuration file for MOD300 board must be named fullConfig_radiopsh
12 File Format
The configuration files are text files (WordPad cannot be used NotePad is suggested) they must be cre-
ated on PC (Windows or Linux or MAC) The content of the configuration file is formed by a list of com-
mands each of them using a different line
It is possible to insert comments in Configuration File
Use at beginning of the line to write a comment inside the Configuration File the comment is private
It is mandatory to insert an additional carriage return as last line of each configuration file
13 Configuration File upload
The configuration files must be uploaded to the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
The configuration files must be put (switch radio or both) in the EC compact flash inside the following
directory
homeadm-lc-ngconfig
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1870
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11666
14 Configuration File Removal
The configuration files can be removed from the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
Browsing the directory the configuration file must be deleted In order to disable all configuration file fea-
tures please refer to paragraph 1718 Simply removing configuration file from Compact Flash doesnt
imply the removal of all features applied by configuration file itself
15 Configuration File update add a new commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time an additional configuration is needed on top of the current features
applied by configuration file (eg one additional VLAN is needed) What is not possible with this procedure
is the complete removal of a specific commandfeature in such case refer to 1718
In order to append a new command on the existing configuration file by FTP client it is necessary to get
from compact flash the current configuration file and using a text editor append all the new commands
needed The edited configuration file must be uploaded again on the compact flash
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
16 Configuration File update remove an existing commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time one command or feature must be deleted
It is necessary to follow the procedure described below
ndash restore the initial configuration of the switch or radio (see 1718)
ndash upload a new configuration file
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
17 Restoring Ethernet switch initial configuration
To restore the initial configuration (the current configuration without any setting resulting from CF) the pro-
cedure includes the following steps
1) By FTP the CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
2) By FTP a specific CF (see below restoring CF) must be uploaded to the flash card
3) By normal procedure the CF must be execute (see 19)
4) By FTP the restoring CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1970
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1766
5) Perform a reset (see 19)
restoring configuration file
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 00500001 0001
end enhanced configuration file
18 Restoring MOD300 initial configuration
For this board is needed apply a specific configuration file for each feature in this case please refer next
chapters
19 How to run enhanced configuration fileConfiguration files must be uploaded in proper directory (see par 13)
In order to run (apply) the configuration files a reset command is needed using one of the following meth-
ods
ndash switch offon
ndash By pshell using reset command (if available)
ndash By CT using NE Restart command
NB A traffic hit may occur during reset command or NE restart up to 120 s
110 SW package activation
Since the SW package activation implies a EC software reset the configuration file will be applied again
no specific operations are required
111 Behavior in Core protection
The configuration file is loaded and applied on Core Spare too The file is uploaded from Core Main com-
pact flash This is the normal behavior in case of Core protection since Core Main and Core Spare are
kept aligned in terms of configuration So as soon as a Core switch occurs the Core becoming active
will have enhanced features already configured
112 Behavior in Radio protection
Regarding the configuration file for MOD300 board the Board Spare is managed as an independent Radio
Board In this case the radio configuration file contains the configuration of both radio cards
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2070
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11866
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2170
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1966
2 Common Assumption
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment
Slot 1 Slot2
Slot 3 Slot 4
Slot 5 Slot 6
Slot 7 Slot 8
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2270
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12066
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2166
3 Features supported through Configuration file
management
A generic feature can be implemented using configuration file The configuration file uses a set of low level
commands provisioning in the proper way different devices of different MPR cards The appropriate com-
mands are written inside a configuration file After an NE reset the configuration file is applied provi-
sioning the Ethernet switch and other devices to implement the desired feature
31 QinQ
To properly configure QinQ feature inside the MPR this procedure should be followed
1) Preliminary configuration
2) TPID setting
3) Port configuration (UNI NNI)
4) S-VLAN definition
5) S-VLAN priority definition
311 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the QinQ capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in 8021D
bridge mode by CTNMS Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be
properly configured by CTNMS
All the service VLANs will be configured by configuration file
discard all traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12266
312 TPID setting
In Q-in-Q bridging mode it is required to define a TPID value The default is 0x8100 The same TPID on
all permitted ports should be used Changing TPID on Radio and PDH ports is forbidden
bcm dtag tpid ltpbmgt ltex valuegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltex valuegt TPID value in hexadecimal
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt outertpidselect 0
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20
NB This command should not be applied if the TPID=0x8100 (since this value of TPID is the default
value)
Command example
bcm dtag tpid ge17 0x9100
bcm vlan port ge17 outertpidselect 0
On user port 1 the TPID will be 0x9100 The outer TPID will be the per port configured TPID
NB The default TPID value in Q-in-Q is 0x8100 changing the TPID with a different value than
0x8100 will imply a traffic hit up to 120 seconds on all MPR interfaces (PDHs radios and user
ports) during every restart condition after the first configuration file appliance
313 Port configurationIn Q-in-Q bridging mode each port must be defined as user to network interface (UNI) or network to net-
work interface (NNI)
bcm dtag mode ltpbmgt lttypegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 and each slot lodging a
MOD300 Radio Board mandatory
bull lttypegt it is the port definition that can be internal for NNI ports or external for UNI ports man-
datory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towardslot where a PDH card is lodged Applying this command toward PDH slots will destroy all the
E1s traffic
All radio ports shall be NNI ports
Command example
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge20 internal
bcm port ltpbmpgt priority=ltngt discard=none
bull ltpbmpgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 370
Configuration
Table of Contents
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 166
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF FIGURES 3
PREFACE 5
Preliminary Information 5
Applicability 7Scope 7
Relevant Note 7
History 8
Handbook Structure 9
General on Customer Documentation 10
1 MANAGEMENT OF ENHANCED CONFIGURATION FILE 15
11 File Name 15
12 File Format 15
13 Configuration File upload 15
14 Configuration File Removal 16
15 Configuration File update add a new commandfeature 1616 Configuration File update remove an existing commandfeature 16
17 Restoring Ethernet switch initial configuration 16
18 Restoring MOD300 initial configuration 17
19 How to run enhanced configuration file 17
110 SW package activation 17
111 Behavior in Core protection 17
112 Behavior in Radio protection 17
2 COMMON ASSUMPTION 19
3 FEATURES SUPPORTED THROUGH CONFIGURATION FILE MANAGEMENT 21
31 QinQ 21311 Preliminary configuration 21
312 TPID setting 22
313 Port configuration 22
314 VLAN Table management 23
315 QINQ management usage examples 24
32 VLAN SWAP 31
321 Preliminary configuration 31
322 Enable VLAN swap 31
323 VLAN Creation 31
324 Create a VLAN swap rule 32
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop 32326 VLAN SWAP usage examples 33
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING 36
331 Preliminary configuration 36
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting 36
34 SCHEDULER SETTING 37
341 Preliminary information 37
342 Default configuration 37
343 Switch configuration 38
344 MOD300 configuration 38
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES 39
351 Default configuration 39
352 Switch configuration 40
353 MOD300 configuration 43
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 470
Configuration
Table of Contents
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1266
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES 48
361 Default configuration 48
362 Switch configuration 48
363 MOD300 configuration 51
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO QUEUES 57
371 Preliminary configuration 57
372 MOD300 configuration 57
ABBREVIATIONS 59
INDEX 63
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK 65
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 570
Configuration
List of Figures
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 366
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment 19
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A 24
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B 27
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling 33
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration 37
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 670
Configuration
List of Figures
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 770
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 566
PREFACE
Preliminary Information
WARNING
Any warranty must be referred exclusively to the terms of the contract of sale of the equipment to
which this handbook refers to
Alcatel-Lucent makes no warranty of any kind with regards to this manual and specifically disclaims
the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose ALCATEL-LUCENT will
not be liable for errors contained herein or for damages whether direct indirect consequential inci-
dental or special in connection with the furnishing performance or use of this material
NOTICE
The product specification andor performance levels contained in this document are for information
purposes only and are subject to change without notice They do not represent any obligation on the
part of ALCATEL-LUCENT
COPYRIGHT NOTIFICATION
The technical information of this manual is the property of ALCATEL-LUCENT and must not be cop-
ied reproduced or disclosed to a third party without written consent
TECHNICAL SUPPORT
Please contact your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center for questions reffered to the infor-
mation contained in this document
To send your comments about this handbook please follow the indication on Customer Documen-
tation Feedback
SAFETY RECOMMENDATION
The safety recommendations here below must be considered to avoid injuries on persons andor
damage to the equipment
1) Service Personnel
Installation and service must be carried out by authorized persons having appropriate technical
training and experience necessary to be aware of hazardous operations during installation and
service so as to prevent any personal injury or danger to other persons as well as prevent-
damaging the equipment
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 870
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1666
2) Access to the Equipment
Access to the Equipment in use must be restricted to Service Personnel only
3) Safety Rules
Recommended safety rules are indicated in Chapter 1 from page 21
Local safety regulations must be used if mandatory Safety instructions in this handbook should
be used in addition to the local safety regulations In case of conflict between safety instructions
stated in this manual and those indicated in local regulations mandatory local norms will pre-
vail Should not local regulations be mandatory then safety rules stated in this manual will pre-
vail
SERVICE PERSONNEL SKILL
Service Personnel must have an adequate technical background on telecommunications and in par-
ticular on the equipment subject of this handbook
An adequate background is required to properly install operate and maintain equipment The fact
of merely reading this handbook is considered as not enough
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 970
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 766
Applicability
This document applies to 9500MPR R122
This document applies to following productndashreleases
Scope
Scope of this document is to define the configuration files and the procedure to apply them
It will support by MPR-E release 122
By the means of this configuration file it will be possible to configure the Ethernet switch inside the CoreE
and the FPGA inside the Modem 300 board in order to obtain a specific behavior unobtainable with the
supported configuration tools
This document describes the features available at the date the document is released
Relevant Note
The command described in this document are examples of the command application the
user should adapt the described commands with the correct data for the equipment
Commands not described in this document are under user responsability
PRODUCT
9500MPR-E
PRODUCT RELEASE
9500MPR-E 122
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1070
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1866
History
EDITION DATE DESCRIPTIONS
01 July 2009 Creation for Release 122
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1170
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 966
Handbook Structure
This handbook has been edited according to the Alcatel-Lucent standardized ldquodrawing-up guides com-
plying with such suggestion
This handbook is divided into the main topics described in the table of contents
PREFACE It contains general information as preliminary information safety
recommendation handbook scope history related documents
Furthermore it describes the handbook structure and the cus-
tomer documentation
Management of enhanced Con-
figuration File
Describes the management of new features possible through con-
figuration file
Common Assumption Describes the Switch to equipment ports assignment
Features supported through Con-figuration file management
Describes features tha can be implemented through configurationfiles and how to implement them
ABBREVIATIONS The abbreviation list is supplied
INDEX Index references are inserted
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION
FEEDBACK
It contains info regarding customer opinions collection about this
document
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1270
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11066
General on Customer Documentation
This paragraph describes in general the AlcatelndashLucent Customer Documentation system details the
association between the product levels and the associated documentation and explains Customer Doc-
umentation characteristics as well as the policies for its delivery and updating
CustomerndashIndependent Standard Customer Documentation
a) Definition
Standard Customer Documentation referred to hereafter must be always meant as plantndashindepen-
dent and is always independent of any Customization
Plantndashdependent andor Customized documentation if envisaged by the contract is subjected to
commercial criteria as far as contents formats and supply conditions are concerned
NB Plantndashdependent and Customized documentation is not described here
b) Aims of standard Customer Documentation
Standard system hardware and software documentation is meant to give the Customer personnel
the possibility and the information necessary for installing commissioning operating and maintain-
ing the equipment according to AlcatelndashLucent Laboratory design and Installation Dept choices Inparticular
bull the contents of the chapters associated to the software applications focus on the explanation
of the manndashmachine interface and of the operating procedures allowed by it
bull maintenance is described down to faulty PCB location and replacement
NB No supply to Customers of design documentation (like PCB hardware design andproduction
documents and files software source programs programming tools etc) is envisaged
Product levels and associated Customer Documentation
a) Products
A ldquoproductrdquo is defined by the network hierarchical level where it can be inserted and by the whole
of performances and services that it is meant forEg 9500 MPR-E is a product
b) Product-releases
A rdquoproductrdquo evolves through successive ldquoproductndashreleasesrdquo which are the real products marketed
for their delivery at a certain rdquoproductndashreleaserdquo availability date A certain rdquoproductndashreleaserdquo performs
more functionalities than the previous one
Eg Rel10 and Rel20 are two successive ldquoproductndashreleasesrdquo of the same ldquoproductrdquo
A ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo comprehends a set of hardware components and at least one ldquoSoftware Pack-
agerdquo (SWP) as a whole they identify the possible network applications and the equipment perfor-
mances that the specific ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo has been designed engineered and marketed for
c) Configurations and Network ElementsIn some cases a ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo includes different possible ldquoconfigurationsrdquo which are distin-
guished from one another by different ldquoNetwork Elementrdquo (NE) types and from the management
point of view by different SWPs
d) SWP releases versions and CDndashROMs
bull Each SWP is distributed by means of a specific SWP CDndashROM
bull A SWP is identified by its ldquoDenominationrdquo ldquoPNrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo (Change Status) that
are printed on the CDndashROMrsquos label
ndash the first and second digits of the ldquoDenominationrdquo (eg 20) correspond to the ldquoHW productndash
releaserdquo number
ndash the third digit of the of the ldquoDenominationrdquo (eg 202) identifies the Version Level of the
SWP
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1370
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1166
bull A SWP with new Version Level providing main features in addition to those of the previous Ver-
sion Level SWP is distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM having new ldquoDenominationrdquoldquoP
Nrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
bull A SWP patch version if any is created to correct SW bugs andor to add minor features andis
distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM that can be identified
ndash by the same ldquoPNrdquo of the former CDndashROM but with an incremented ldquoCSrdquo number
(egCS=02 instead of previous CS=01) ndash or by a new ldquoPNrdquo and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
Handbook Updating
The handbooks associated to the product-release are listed in ldquordquo on page 8
Each handbook is identified by
ndash the name of the productndashrelease (and version when the handbook is applicable to the versions
starting from it but not to the previous ones)
ndash the handbook name
ndash the handbook Part Number
ndash the handbook edition (usually first edition=01)
ndash the handbook issue date The date on the handbook does not refer to the date of print but to the date
on which the handbook source file has been completed and released for the production
Changes introduced in the same productndashrelease (same handbook PN)
The edition and date of issue might change on future handbook versions for the following reasons
ndash only the date changes (pointed out in the Table of Contents) when modifications are made to the edi-
torial system not changing the technical contents of the handbook
ndash the edition hence the date is changed because modifications made concern technical contents In
this case
bull the changes with respect to the previous edition are listed in History on page 8
bull in affected chapters revision bars on the left of the page indicate modifications in text and draw-
ings
Changes concerning the technical contents of the handbook cause the edition number increase (eg from
Ed01 to Ed02) Slight changes (eg for corrections) maintain the same edition but with the addition of
a version character (eg from Ed02 to Ed02A) Version character can be used for draft or proposal edi-
tions
NOTES FOR HANDBOOKS RELEVANT TO SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS
Handbooks relevant to software applications (typically the Operators Handbooks)
are not modified unless the new software version distributed to Customersimplies man-machine interface changes or in case of slight modifications not
affecting the understanding of the explained procedures
Moreover should the screen prints included in the handbook contain the productndashreleases
version marking they are not replaced in the handbooks related to a subsequent version if
the screen contents are unchanged
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers who have already received previous issues is submitted to
commercial criteria
By updated handbook delivery it is meant the supply of a complete copy of the handbook new issue (sup-plying errata-corrige sheets is not envisaged)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1470
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11266
Changes due to new product version
A new product version changes the handbook PN and the edition starts from 01
In this case the modified parts of the handbook are not listed
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1570
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1366
Customer documentation on CD-ROM
In the following by CD-ROM it is meant Customer Documentation on CD-ROM
Contents creation and production of a CD-ROM
In most cases a CD-ROM contains in read-only eletronic format the documentation of one product-
release(-version) and for a certain languageIn some other cases the same CD-ROM can contain the documentation of different product-release(-ver-
sion)s for a certain language
As a general rule
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Management products do not contain
bull the Installation Guides
bull the documentation of system optional features that Customers could not buy from Alcatel
together with the main applicative SW
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Elements products do not contain
bull the documentation of system optional features (eg System Installation Handbooks related to
racks that Customers could not buy from Alcatel together with the main equipment)
A CD-ROM is obtained collecting various handbooks and documents in pdf format Bookmarks and
hyperlinks make the navigation easier No additional information is added to each handbook so that the
documentation present in the CD-ROMs is exactly the same the Customer would receive on paper
The files processed in this way are added to filesimages for managing purpose and a master CD-ROM
is recorded
Suitable checks are made in order to have a virus-free product
After a complete functional check the CD-ROM image is electronically transferred to the archive of the
Production Department so that the CD-ROM can be produced and delivered to Customers
Use of the CD-ROM
The CD-ROM can be used both in PC and Unix WS environments
The CD-ROM starts automatically with autorun and hyperlinks from the opened ldquoIndex document permit
to visualize the pdf handbooks
Other hyperlinks permit to get from the Technical handbooks the specific pdf setting documents
In order to open the pdf documents Adobe Acrobat Reader Version 40 (minimum) must have been
installed on the platform
The CD-ROM doesnt contain the Adobe Acrobat Reader program The Customer is in charge of getting
and installing it
ReadMe info is present on the CD-ROM to this purpose
Then the Customer is allowed to read the handbooks on the PCWS screen using the navigation and
zooming tools included in the tool and to print selected parts of the documentation through a local printer
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1670
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11466
CD-ROM identification
Each CD-ROM is identified
1) by external identifiers that are printed on the CD-ROM upper surface
ndash the name of the product-release(s) (and version if applicable)
ndash a writing indicating the language(s)
ndash the CD-ROM Part Number) ndash the CD-ROM edition (usually first edition=01)
2) and internally by the list of the source handbooks and documents (PNs and editions) by
whose collection and processing the CD-ROM itself has been created
CD-ROM updating
The list of source handbookdocument PNs-editions indicated in previous para point 2) in association
with the CD-ROMs own PN-edition is also loaded in the Alcatel-Information-System as a structured list
Whenever a new edition of any of such handbooksdocuments is released in the Alcatel archive system
a check in the Alcatel-Information-System is made to identify the list of CD-ROMs that must be updated
to include the new editions of these handbooksdocumentsThis causes the planning and creation of a new edition of the CD-ROM
Updating of CD-ROMs always follows with a certain delay the updating of the single handbooks com-
posing the collection
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1770
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1566
1 Management of enhanced Configuration File
11 File Name
The configuration file for Ethernet switch must be named enhanced_eth_featurepsh
The configuration file for MOD300 board must be named fullConfig_radiopsh
12 File Format
The configuration files are text files (WordPad cannot be used NotePad is suggested) they must be cre-
ated on PC (Windows or Linux or MAC) The content of the configuration file is formed by a list of com-
mands each of them using a different line
It is possible to insert comments in Configuration File
Use at beginning of the line to write a comment inside the Configuration File the comment is private
It is mandatory to insert an additional carriage return as last line of each configuration file
13 Configuration File upload
The configuration files must be uploaded to the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
The configuration files must be put (switch radio or both) in the EC compact flash inside the following
directory
homeadm-lc-ngconfig
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1870
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11666
14 Configuration File Removal
The configuration files can be removed from the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
Browsing the directory the configuration file must be deleted In order to disable all configuration file fea-
tures please refer to paragraph 1718 Simply removing configuration file from Compact Flash doesnt
imply the removal of all features applied by configuration file itself
15 Configuration File update add a new commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time an additional configuration is needed on top of the current features
applied by configuration file (eg one additional VLAN is needed) What is not possible with this procedure
is the complete removal of a specific commandfeature in such case refer to 1718
In order to append a new command on the existing configuration file by FTP client it is necessary to get
from compact flash the current configuration file and using a text editor append all the new commands
needed The edited configuration file must be uploaded again on the compact flash
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
16 Configuration File update remove an existing commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time one command or feature must be deleted
It is necessary to follow the procedure described below
ndash restore the initial configuration of the switch or radio (see 1718)
ndash upload a new configuration file
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
17 Restoring Ethernet switch initial configuration
To restore the initial configuration (the current configuration without any setting resulting from CF) the pro-
cedure includes the following steps
1) By FTP the CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
2) By FTP a specific CF (see below restoring CF) must be uploaded to the flash card
3) By normal procedure the CF must be execute (see 19)
4) By FTP the restoring CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1970
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1766
5) Perform a reset (see 19)
restoring configuration file
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 00500001 0001
end enhanced configuration file
18 Restoring MOD300 initial configuration
For this board is needed apply a specific configuration file for each feature in this case please refer next
chapters
19 How to run enhanced configuration fileConfiguration files must be uploaded in proper directory (see par 13)
In order to run (apply) the configuration files a reset command is needed using one of the following meth-
ods
ndash switch offon
ndash By pshell using reset command (if available)
ndash By CT using NE Restart command
NB A traffic hit may occur during reset command or NE restart up to 120 s
110 SW package activation
Since the SW package activation implies a EC software reset the configuration file will be applied again
no specific operations are required
111 Behavior in Core protection
The configuration file is loaded and applied on Core Spare too The file is uploaded from Core Main com-
pact flash This is the normal behavior in case of Core protection since Core Main and Core Spare are
kept aligned in terms of configuration So as soon as a Core switch occurs the Core becoming active
will have enhanced features already configured
112 Behavior in Radio protection
Regarding the configuration file for MOD300 board the Board Spare is managed as an independent Radio
Board In this case the radio configuration file contains the configuration of both radio cards
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2070
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11866
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2170
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1966
2 Common Assumption
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment
Slot 1 Slot2
Slot 3 Slot 4
Slot 5 Slot 6
Slot 7 Slot 8
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2270
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12066
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2166
3 Features supported through Configuration file
management
A generic feature can be implemented using configuration file The configuration file uses a set of low level
commands provisioning in the proper way different devices of different MPR cards The appropriate com-
mands are written inside a configuration file After an NE reset the configuration file is applied provi-
sioning the Ethernet switch and other devices to implement the desired feature
31 QinQ
To properly configure QinQ feature inside the MPR this procedure should be followed
1) Preliminary configuration
2) TPID setting
3) Port configuration (UNI NNI)
4) S-VLAN definition
5) S-VLAN priority definition
311 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the QinQ capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in 8021D
bridge mode by CTNMS Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be
properly configured by CTNMS
All the service VLANs will be configured by configuration file
discard all traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12266
312 TPID setting
In Q-in-Q bridging mode it is required to define a TPID value The default is 0x8100 The same TPID on
all permitted ports should be used Changing TPID on Radio and PDH ports is forbidden
bcm dtag tpid ltpbmgt ltex valuegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltex valuegt TPID value in hexadecimal
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt outertpidselect 0
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20
NB This command should not be applied if the TPID=0x8100 (since this value of TPID is the default
value)
Command example
bcm dtag tpid ge17 0x9100
bcm vlan port ge17 outertpidselect 0
On user port 1 the TPID will be 0x9100 The outer TPID will be the per port configured TPID
NB The default TPID value in Q-in-Q is 0x8100 changing the TPID with a different value than
0x8100 will imply a traffic hit up to 120 seconds on all MPR interfaces (PDHs radios and user
ports) during every restart condition after the first configuration file appliance
313 Port configurationIn Q-in-Q bridging mode each port must be defined as user to network interface (UNI) or network to net-
work interface (NNI)
bcm dtag mode ltpbmgt lttypegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 and each slot lodging a
MOD300 Radio Board mandatory
bull lttypegt it is the port definition that can be internal for NNI ports or external for UNI ports man-
datory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towardslot where a PDH card is lodged Applying this command toward PDH slots will destroy all the
E1s traffic
All radio ports shall be NNI ports
Command example
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge20 internal
bcm port ltpbmpgt priority=ltngt discard=none
bull ltpbmpgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 470
Configuration
Table of Contents
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1266
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES 48
361 Default configuration 48
362 Switch configuration 48
363 MOD300 configuration 51
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO QUEUES 57
371 Preliminary configuration 57
372 MOD300 configuration 57
ABBREVIATIONS 59
INDEX 63
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK 65
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 570
Configuration
List of Figures
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 366
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment 19
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A 24
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B 27
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling 33
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration 37
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 670
Configuration
List of Figures
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 770
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 566
PREFACE
Preliminary Information
WARNING
Any warranty must be referred exclusively to the terms of the contract of sale of the equipment to
which this handbook refers to
Alcatel-Lucent makes no warranty of any kind with regards to this manual and specifically disclaims
the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose ALCATEL-LUCENT will
not be liable for errors contained herein or for damages whether direct indirect consequential inci-
dental or special in connection with the furnishing performance or use of this material
NOTICE
The product specification andor performance levels contained in this document are for information
purposes only and are subject to change without notice They do not represent any obligation on the
part of ALCATEL-LUCENT
COPYRIGHT NOTIFICATION
The technical information of this manual is the property of ALCATEL-LUCENT and must not be cop-
ied reproduced or disclosed to a third party without written consent
TECHNICAL SUPPORT
Please contact your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center for questions reffered to the infor-
mation contained in this document
To send your comments about this handbook please follow the indication on Customer Documen-
tation Feedback
SAFETY RECOMMENDATION
The safety recommendations here below must be considered to avoid injuries on persons andor
damage to the equipment
1) Service Personnel
Installation and service must be carried out by authorized persons having appropriate technical
training and experience necessary to be aware of hazardous operations during installation and
service so as to prevent any personal injury or danger to other persons as well as prevent-
damaging the equipment
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 870
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1666
2) Access to the Equipment
Access to the Equipment in use must be restricted to Service Personnel only
3) Safety Rules
Recommended safety rules are indicated in Chapter 1 from page 21
Local safety regulations must be used if mandatory Safety instructions in this handbook should
be used in addition to the local safety regulations In case of conflict between safety instructions
stated in this manual and those indicated in local regulations mandatory local norms will pre-
vail Should not local regulations be mandatory then safety rules stated in this manual will pre-
vail
SERVICE PERSONNEL SKILL
Service Personnel must have an adequate technical background on telecommunications and in par-
ticular on the equipment subject of this handbook
An adequate background is required to properly install operate and maintain equipment The fact
of merely reading this handbook is considered as not enough
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 970
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 766
Applicability
This document applies to 9500MPR R122
This document applies to following productndashreleases
Scope
Scope of this document is to define the configuration files and the procedure to apply them
It will support by MPR-E release 122
By the means of this configuration file it will be possible to configure the Ethernet switch inside the CoreE
and the FPGA inside the Modem 300 board in order to obtain a specific behavior unobtainable with the
supported configuration tools
This document describes the features available at the date the document is released
Relevant Note
The command described in this document are examples of the command application the
user should adapt the described commands with the correct data for the equipment
Commands not described in this document are under user responsability
PRODUCT
9500MPR-E
PRODUCT RELEASE
9500MPR-E 122
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1070
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1866
History
EDITION DATE DESCRIPTIONS
01 July 2009 Creation for Release 122
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1170
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 966
Handbook Structure
This handbook has been edited according to the Alcatel-Lucent standardized ldquodrawing-up guides com-
plying with such suggestion
This handbook is divided into the main topics described in the table of contents
PREFACE It contains general information as preliminary information safety
recommendation handbook scope history related documents
Furthermore it describes the handbook structure and the cus-
tomer documentation
Management of enhanced Con-
figuration File
Describes the management of new features possible through con-
figuration file
Common Assumption Describes the Switch to equipment ports assignment
Features supported through Con-figuration file management
Describes features tha can be implemented through configurationfiles and how to implement them
ABBREVIATIONS The abbreviation list is supplied
INDEX Index references are inserted
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION
FEEDBACK
It contains info regarding customer opinions collection about this
document
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1270
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11066
General on Customer Documentation
This paragraph describes in general the AlcatelndashLucent Customer Documentation system details the
association between the product levels and the associated documentation and explains Customer Doc-
umentation characteristics as well as the policies for its delivery and updating
CustomerndashIndependent Standard Customer Documentation
a) Definition
Standard Customer Documentation referred to hereafter must be always meant as plantndashindepen-
dent and is always independent of any Customization
Plantndashdependent andor Customized documentation if envisaged by the contract is subjected to
commercial criteria as far as contents formats and supply conditions are concerned
NB Plantndashdependent and Customized documentation is not described here
b) Aims of standard Customer Documentation
Standard system hardware and software documentation is meant to give the Customer personnel
the possibility and the information necessary for installing commissioning operating and maintain-
ing the equipment according to AlcatelndashLucent Laboratory design and Installation Dept choices Inparticular
bull the contents of the chapters associated to the software applications focus on the explanation
of the manndashmachine interface and of the operating procedures allowed by it
bull maintenance is described down to faulty PCB location and replacement
NB No supply to Customers of design documentation (like PCB hardware design andproduction
documents and files software source programs programming tools etc) is envisaged
Product levels and associated Customer Documentation
a) Products
A ldquoproductrdquo is defined by the network hierarchical level where it can be inserted and by the whole
of performances and services that it is meant forEg 9500 MPR-E is a product
b) Product-releases
A rdquoproductrdquo evolves through successive ldquoproductndashreleasesrdquo which are the real products marketed
for their delivery at a certain rdquoproductndashreleaserdquo availability date A certain rdquoproductndashreleaserdquo performs
more functionalities than the previous one
Eg Rel10 and Rel20 are two successive ldquoproductndashreleasesrdquo of the same ldquoproductrdquo
A ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo comprehends a set of hardware components and at least one ldquoSoftware Pack-
agerdquo (SWP) as a whole they identify the possible network applications and the equipment perfor-
mances that the specific ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo has been designed engineered and marketed for
c) Configurations and Network ElementsIn some cases a ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo includes different possible ldquoconfigurationsrdquo which are distin-
guished from one another by different ldquoNetwork Elementrdquo (NE) types and from the management
point of view by different SWPs
d) SWP releases versions and CDndashROMs
bull Each SWP is distributed by means of a specific SWP CDndashROM
bull A SWP is identified by its ldquoDenominationrdquo ldquoPNrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo (Change Status) that
are printed on the CDndashROMrsquos label
ndash the first and second digits of the ldquoDenominationrdquo (eg 20) correspond to the ldquoHW productndash
releaserdquo number
ndash the third digit of the of the ldquoDenominationrdquo (eg 202) identifies the Version Level of the
SWP
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1370
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1166
bull A SWP with new Version Level providing main features in addition to those of the previous Ver-
sion Level SWP is distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM having new ldquoDenominationrdquoldquoP
Nrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
bull A SWP patch version if any is created to correct SW bugs andor to add minor features andis
distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM that can be identified
ndash by the same ldquoPNrdquo of the former CDndashROM but with an incremented ldquoCSrdquo number
(egCS=02 instead of previous CS=01) ndash or by a new ldquoPNrdquo and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
Handbook Updating
The handbooks associated to the product-release are listed in ldquordquo on page 8
Each handbook is identified by
ndash the name of the productndashrelease (and version when the handbook is applicable to the versions
starting from it but not to the previous ones)
ndash the handbook name
ndash the handbook Part Number
ndash the handbook edition (usually first edition=01)
ndash the handbook issue date The date on the handbook does not refer to the date of print but to the date
on which the handbook source file has been completed and released for the production
Changes introduced in the same productndashrelease (same handbook PN)
The edition and date of issue might change on future handbook versions for the following reasons
ndash only the date changes (pointed out in the Table of Contents) when modifications are made to the edi-
torial system not changing the technical contents of the handbook
ndash the edition hence the date is changed because modifications made concern technical contents In
this case
bull the changes with respect to the previous edition are listed in History on page 8
bull in affected chapters revision bars on the left of the page indicate modifications in text and draw-
ings
Changes concerning the technical contents of the handbook cause the edition number increase (eg from
Ed01 to Ed02) Slight changes (eg for corrections) maintain the same edition but with the addition of
a version character (eg from Ed02 to Ed02A) Version character can be used for draft or proposal edi-
tions
NOTES FOR HANDBOOKS RELEVANT TO SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS
Handbooks relevant to software applications (typically the Operators Handbooks)
are not modified unless the new software version distributed to Customersimplies man-machine interface changes or in case of slight modifications not
affecting the understanding of the explained procedures
Moreover should the screen prints included in the handbook contain the productndashreleases
version marking they are not replaced in the handbooks related to a subsequent version if
the screen contents are unchanged
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers who have already received previous issues is submitted to
commercial criteria
By updated handbook delivery it is meant the supply of a complete copy of the handbook new issue (sup-plying errata-corrige sheets is not envisaged)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1470
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11266
Changes due to new product version
A new product version changes the handbook PN and the edition starts from 01
In this case the modified parts of the handbook are not listed
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1570
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1366
Customer documentation on CD-ROM
In the following by CD-ROM it is meant Customer Documentation on CD-ROM
Contents creation and production of a CD-ROM
In most cases a CD-ROM contains in read-only eletronic format the documentation of one product-
release(-version) and for a certain languageIn some other cases the same CD-ROM can contain the documentation of different product-release(-ver-
sion)s for a certain language
As a general rule
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Management products do not contain
bull the Installation Guides
bull the documentation of system optional features that Customers could not buy from Alcatel
together with the main applicative SW
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Elements products do not contain
bull the documentation of system optional features (eg System Installation Handbooks related to
racks that Customers could not buy from Alcatel together with the main equipment)
A CD-ROM is obtained collecting various handbooks and documents in pdf format Bookmarks and
hyperlinks make the navigation easier No additional information is added to each handbook so that the
documentation present in the CD-ROMs is exactly the same the Customer would receive on paper
The files processed in this way are added to filesimages for managing purpose and a master CD-ROM
is recorded
Suitable checks are made in order to have a virus-free product
After a complete functional check the CD-ROM image is electronically transferred to the archive of the
Production Department so that the CD-ROM can be produced and delivered to Customers
Use of the CD-ROM
The CD-ROM can be used both in PC and Unix WS environments
The CD-ROM starts automatically with autorun and hyperlinks from the opened ldquoIndex document permit
to visualize the pdf handbooks
Other hyperlinks permit to get from the Technical handbooks the specific pdf setting documents
In order to open the pdf documents Adobe Acrobat Reader Version 40 (minimum) must have been
installed on the platform
The CD-ROM doesnt contain the Adobe Acrobat Reader program The Customer is in charge of getting
and installing it
ReadMe info is present on the CD-ROM to this purpose
Then the Customer is allowed to read the handbooks on the PCWS screen using the navigation and
zooming tools included in the tool and to print selected parts of the documentation through a local printer
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1670
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11466
CD-ROM identification
Each CD-ROM is identified
1) by external identifiers that are printed on the CD-ROM upper surface
ndash the name of the product-release(s) (and version if applicable)
ndash a writing indicating the language(s)
ndash the CD-ROM Part Number) ndash the CD-ROM edition (usually first edition=01)
2) and internally by the list of the source handbooks and documents (PNs and editions) by
whose collection and processing the CD-ROM itself has been created
CD-ROM updating
The list of source handbookdocument PNs-editions indicated in previous para point 2) in association
with the CD-ROMs own PN-edition is also loaded in the Alcatel-Information-System as a structured list
Whenever a new edition of any of such handbooksdocuments is released in the Alcatel archive system
a check in the Alcatel-Information-System is made to identify the list of CD-ROMs that must be updated
to include the new editions of these handbooksdocumentsThis causes the planning and creation of a new edition of the CD-ROM
Updating of CD-ROMs always follows with a certain delay the updating of the single handbooks com-
posing the collection
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1770
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1566
1 Management of enhanced Configuration File
11 File Name
The configuration file for Ethernet switch must be named enhanced_eth_featurepsh
The configuration file for MOD300 board must be named fullConfig_radiopsh
12 File Format
The configuration files are text files (WordPad cannot be used NotePad is suggested) they must be cre-
ated on PC (Windows or Linux or MAC) The content of the configuration file is formed by a list of com-
mands each of them using a different line
It is possible to insert comments in Configuration File
Use at beginning of the line to write a comment inside the Configuration File the comment is private
It is mandatory to insert an additional carriage return as last line of each configuration file
13 Configuration File upload
The configuration files must be uploaded to the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
The configuration files must be put (switch radio or both) in the EC compact flash inside the following
directory
homeadm-lc-ngconfig
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1870
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11666
14 Configuration File Removal
The configuration files can be removed from the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
Browsing the directory the configuration file must be deleted In order to disable all configuration file fea-
tures please refer to paragraph 1718 Simply removing configuration file from Compact Flash doesnt
imply the removal of all features applied by configuration file itself
15 Configuration File update add a new commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time an additional configuration is needed on top of the current features
applied by configuration file (eg one additional VLAN is needed) What is not possible with this procedure
is the complete removal of a specific commandfeature in such case refer to 1718
In order to append a new command on the existing configuration file by FTP client it is necessary to get
from compact flash the current configuration file and using a text editor append all the new commands
needed The edited configuration file must be uploaded again on the compact flash
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
16 Configuration File update remove an existing commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time one command or feature must be deleted
It is necessary to follow the procedure described below
ndash restore the initial configuration of the switch or radio (see 1718)
ndash upload a new configuration file
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
17 Restoring Ethernet switch initial configuration
To restore the initial configuration (the current configuration without any setting resulting from CF) the pro-
cedure includes the following steps
1) By FTP the CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
2) By FTP a specific CF (see below restoring CF) must be uploaded to the flash card
3) By normal procedure the CF must be execute (see 19)
4) By FTP the restoring CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1970
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1766
5) Perform a reset (see 19)
restoring configuration file
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 00500001 0001
end enhanced configuration file
18 Restoring MOD300 initial configuration
For this board is needed apply a specific configuration file for each feature in this case please refer next
chapters
19 How to run enhanced configuration fileConfiguration files must be uploaded in proper directory (see par 13)
In order to run (apply) the configuration files a reset command is needed using one of the following meth-
ods
ndash switch offon
ndash By pshell using reset command (if available)
ndash By CT using NE Restart command
NB A traffic hit may occur during reset command or NE restart up to 120 s
110 SW package activation
Since the SW package activation implies a EC software reset the configuration file will be applied again
no specific operations are required
111 Behavior in Core protection
The configuration file is loaded and applied on Core Spare too The file is uploaded from Core Main com-
pact flash This is the normal behavior in case of Core protection since Core Main and Core Spare are
kept aligned in terms of configuration So as soon as a Core switch occurs the Core becoming active
will have enhanced features already configured
112 Behavior in Radio protection
Regarding the configuration file for MOD300 board the Board Spare is managed as an independent Radio
Board In this case the radio configuration file contains the configuration of both radio cards
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2070
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11866
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2170
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1966
2 Common Assumption
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment
Slot 1 Slot2
Slot 3 Slot 4
Slot 5 Slot 6
Slot 7 Slot 8
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2270
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12066
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2166
3 Features supported through Configuration file
management
A generic feature can be implemented using configuration file The configuration file uses a set of low level
commands provisioning in the proper way different devices of different MPR cards The appropriate com-
mands are written inside a configuration file After an NE reset the configuration file is applied provi-
sioning the Ethernet switch and other devices to implement the desired feature
31 QinQ
To properly configure QinQ feature inside the MPR this procedure should be followed
1) Preliminary configuration
2) TPID setting
3) Port configuration (UNI NNI)
4) S-VLAN definition
5) S-VLAN priority definition
311 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the QinQ capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in 8021D
bridge mode by CTNMS Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be
properly configured by CTNMS
All the service VLANs will be configured by configuration file
discard all traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12266
312 TPID setting
In Q-in-Q bridging mode it is required to define a TPID value The default is 0x8100 The same TPID on
all permitted ports should be used Changing TPID on Radio and PDH ports is forbidden
bcm dtag tpid ltpbmgt ltex valuegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltex valuegt TPID value in hexadecimal
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt outertpidselect 0
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20
NB This command should not be applied if the TPID=0x8100 (since this value of TPID is the default
value)
Command example
bcm dtag tpid ge17 0x9100
bcm vlan port ge17 outertpidselect 0
On user port 1 the TPID will be 0x9100 The outer TPID will be the per port configured TPID
NB The default TPID value in Q-in-Q is 0x8100 changing the TPID with a different value than
0x8100 will imply a traffic hit up to 120 seconds on all MPR interfaces (PDHs radios and user
ports) during every restart condition after the first configuration file appliance
313 Port configurationIn Q-in-Q bridging mode each port must be defined as user to network interface (UNI) or network to net-
work interface (NNI)
bcm dtag mode ltpbmgt lttypegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 and each slot lodging a
MOD300 Radio Board mandatory
bull lttypegt it is the port definition that can be internal for NNI ports or external for UNI ports man-
datory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towardslot where a PDH card is lodged Applying this command toward PDH slots will destroy all the
E1s traffic
All radio ports shall be NNI ports
Command example
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge20 internal
bcm port ltpbmpgt priority=ltngt discard=none
bull ltpbmpgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 570
Configuration
List of Figures
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 366
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment 19
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A 24
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B 27
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling 33
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration 37
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 670
Configuration
List of Figures
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 770
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 566
PREFACE
Preliminary Information
WARNING
Any warranty must be referred exclusively to the terms of the contract of sale of the equipment to
which this handbook refers to
Alcatel-Lucent makes no warranty of any kind with regards to this manual and specifically disclaims
the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose ALCATEL-LUCENT will
not be liable for errors contained herein or for damages whether direct indirect consequential inci-
dental or special in connection with the furnishing performance or use of this material
NOTICE
The product specification andor performance levels contained in this document are for information
purposes only and are subject to change without notice They do not represent any obligation on the
part of ALCATEL-LUCENT
COPYRIGHT NOTIFICATION
The technical information of this manual is the property of ALCATEL-LUCENT and must not be cop-
ied reproduced or disclosed to a third party without written consent
TECHNICAL SUPPORT
Please contact your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center for questions reffered to the infor-
mation contained in this document
To send your comments about this handbook please follow the indication on Customer Documen-
tation Feedback
SAFETY RECOMMENDATION
The safety recommendations here below must be considered to avoid injuries on persons andor
damage to the equipment
1) Service Personnel
Installation and service must be carried out by authorized persons having appropriate technical
training and experience necessary to be aware of hazardous operations during installation and
service so as to prevent any personal injury or danger to other persons as well as prevent-
damaging the equipment
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 870
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1666
2) Access to the Equipment
Access to the Equipment in use must be restricted to Service Personnel only
3) Safety Rules
Recommended safety rules are indicated in Chapter 1 from page 21
Local safety regulations must be used if mandatory Safety instructions in this handbook should
be used in addition to the local safety regulations In case of conflict between safety instructions
stated in this manual and those indicated in local regulations mandatory local norms will pre-
vail Should not local regulations be mandatory then safety rules stated in this manual will pre-
vail
SERVICE PERSONNEL SKILL
Service Personnel must have an adequate technical background on telecommunications and in par-
ticular on the equipment subject of this handbook
An adequate background is required to properly install operate and maintain equipment The fact
of merely reading this handbook is considered as not enough
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 970
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 766
Applicability
This document applies to 9500MPR R122
This document applies to following productndashreleases
Scope
Scope of this document is to define the configuration files and the procedure to apply them
It will support by MPR-E release 122
By the means of this configuration file it will be possible to configure the Ethernet switch inside the CoreE
and the FPGA inside the Modem 300 board in order to obtain a specific behavior unobtainable with the
supported configuration tools
This document describes the features available at the date the document is released
Relevant Note
The command described in this document are examples of the command application the
user should adapt the described commands with the correct data for the equipment
Commands not described in this document are under user responsability
PRODUCT
9500MPR-E
PRODUCT RELEASE
9500MPR-E 122
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1070
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1866
History
EDITION DATE DESCRIPTIONS
01 July 2009 Creation for Release 122
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1170
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 966
Handbook Structure
This handbook has been edited according to the Alcatel-Lucent standardized ldquodrawing-up guides com-
plying with such suggestion
This handbook is divided into the main topics described in the table of contents
PREFACE It contains general information as preliminary information safety
recommendation handbook scope history related documents
Furthermore it describes the handbook structure and the cus-
tomer documentation
Management of enhanced Con-
figuration File
Describes the management of new features possible through con-
figuration file
Common Assumption Describes the Switch to equipment ports assignment
Features supported through Con-figuration file management
Describes features tha can be implemented through configurationfiles and how to implement them
ABBREVIATIONS The abbreviation list is supplied
INDEX Index references are inserted
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION
FEEDBACK
It contains info regarding customer opinions collection about this
document
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1270
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11066
General on Customer Documentation
This paragraph describes in general the AlcatelndashLucent Customer Documentation system details the
association between the product levels and the associated documentation and explains Customer Doc-
umentation characteristics as well as the policies for its delivery and updating
CustomerndashIndependent Standard Customer Documentation
a) Definition
Standard Customer Documentation referred to hereafter must be always meant as plantndashindepen-
dent and is always independent of any Customization
Plantndashdependent andor Customized documentation if envisaged by the contract is subjected to
commercial criteria as far as contents formats and supply conditions are concerned
NB Plantndashdependent and Customized documentation is not described here
b) Aims of standard Customer Documentation
Standard system hardware and software documentation is meant to give the Customer personnel
the possibility and the information necessary for installing commissioning operating and maintain-
ing the equipment according to AlcatelndashLucent Laboratory design and Installation Dept choices Inparticular
bull the contents of the chapters associated to the software applications focus on the explanation
of the manndashmachine interface and of the operating procedures allowed by it
bull maintenance is described down to faulty PCB location and replacement
NB No supply to Customers of design documentation (like PCB hardware design andproduction
documents and files software source programs programming tools etc) is envisaged
Product levels and associated Customer Documentation
a) Products
A ldquoproductrdquo is defined by the network hierarchical level where it can be inserted and by the whole
of performances and services that it is meant forEg 9500 MPR-E is a product
b) Product-releases
A rdquoproductrdquo evolves through successive ldquoproductndashreleasesrdquo which are the real products marketed
for their delivery at a certain rdquoproductndashreleaserdquo availability date A certain rdquoproductndashreleaserdquo performs
more functionalities than the previous one
Eg Rel10 and Rel20 are two successive ldquoproductndashreleasesrdquo of the same ldquoproductrdquo
A ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo comprehends a set of hardware components and at least one ldquoSoftware Pack-
agerdquo (SWP) as a whole they identify the possible network applications and the equipment perfor-
mances that the specific ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo has been designed engineered and marketed for
c) Configurations and Network ElementsIn some cases a ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo includes different possible ldquoconfigurationsrdquo which are distin-
guished from one another by different ldquoNetwork Elementrdquo (NE) types and from the management
point of view by different SWPs
d) SWP releases versions and CDndashROMs
bull Each SWP is distributed by means of a specific SWP CDndashROM
bull A SWP is identified by its ldquoDenominationrdquo ldquoPNrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo (Change Status) that
are printed on the CDndashROMrsquos label
ndash the first and second digits of the ldquoDenominationrdquo (eg 20) correspond to the ldquoHW productndash
releaserdquo number
ndash the third digit of the of the ldquoDenominationrdquo (eg 202) identifies the Version Level of the
SWP
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1370
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1166
bull A SWP with new Version Level providing main features in addition to those of the previous Ver-
sion Level SWP is distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM having new ldquoDenominationrdquoldquoP
Nrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
bull A SWP patch version if any is created to correct SW bugs andor to add minor features andis
distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM that can be identified
ndash by the same ldquoPNrdquo of the former CDndashROM but with an incremented ldquoCSrdquo number
(egCS=02 instead of previous CS=01) ndash or by a new ldquoPNrdquo and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
Handbook Updating
The handbooks associated to the product-release are listed in ldquordquo on page 8
Each handbook is identified by
ndash the name of the productndashrelease (and version when the handbook is applicable to the versions
starting from it but not to the previous ones)
ndash the handbook name
ndash the handbook Part Number
ndash the handbook edition (usually first edition=01)
ndash the handbook issue date The date on the handbook does not refer to the date of print but to the date
on which the handbook source file has been completed and released for the production
Changes introduced in the same productndashrelease (same handbook PN)
The edition and date of issue might change on future handbook versions for the following reasons
ndash only the date changes (pointed out in the Table of Contents) when modifications are made to the edi-
torial system not changing the technical contents of the handbook
ndash the edition hence the date is changed because modifications made concern technical contents In
this case
bull the changes with respect to the previous edition are listed in History on page 8
bull in affected chapters revision bars on the left of the page indicate modifications in text and draw-
ings
Changes concerning the technical contents of the handbook cause the edition number increase (eg from
Ed01 to Ed02) Slight changes (eg for corrections) maintain the same edition but with the addition of
a version character (eg from Ed02 to Ed02A) Version character can be used for draft or proposal edi-
tions
NOTES FOR HANDBOOKS RELEVANT TO SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS
Handbooks relevant to software applications (typically the Operators Handbooks)
are not modified unless the new software version distributed to Customersimplies man-machine interface changes or in case of slight modifications not
affecting the understanding of the explained procedures
Moreover should the screen prints included in the handbook contain the productndashreleases
version marking they are not replaced in the handbooks related to a subsequent version if
the screen contents are unchanged
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers who have already received previous issues is submitted to
commercial criteria
By updated handbook delivery it is meant the supply of a complete copy of the handbook new issue (sup-plying errata-corrige sheets is not envisaged)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1470
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11266
Changes due to new product version
A new product version changes the handbook PN and the edition starts from 01
In this case the modified parts of the handbook are not listed
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1570
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1366
Customer documentation on CD-ROM
In the following by CD-ROM it is meant Customer Documentation on CD-ROM
Contents creation and production of a CD-ROM
In most cases a CD-ROM contains in read-only eletronic format the documentation of one product-
release(-version) and for a certain languageIn some other cases the same CD-ROM can contain the documentation of different product-release(-ver-
sion)s for a certain language
As a general rule
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Management products do not contain
bull the Installation Guides
bull the documentation of system optional features that Customers could not buy from Alcatel
together with the main applicative SW
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Elements products do not contain
bull the documentation of system optional features (eg System Installation Handbooks related to
racks that Customers could not buy from Alcatel together with the main equipment)
A CD-ROM is obtained collecting various handbooks and documents in pdf format Bookmarks and
hyperlinks make the navigation easier No additional information is added to each handbook so that the
documentation present in the CD-ROMs is exactly the same the Customer would receive on paper
The files processed in this way are added to filesimages for managing purpose and a master CD-ROM
is recorded
Suitable checks are made in order to have a virus-free product
After a complete functional check the CD-ROM image is electronically transferred to the archive of the
Production Department so that the CD-ROM can be produced and delivered to Customers
Use of the CD-ROM
The CD-ROM can be used both in PC and Unix WS environments
The CD-ROM starts automatically with autorun and hyperlinks from the opened ldquoIndex document permit
to visualize the pdf handbooks
Other hyperlinks permit to get from the Technical handbooks the specific pdf setting documents
In order to open the pdf documents Adobe Acrobat Reader Version 40 (minimum) must have been
installed on the platform
The CD-ROM doesnt contain the Adobe Acrobat Reader program The Customer is in charge of getting
and installing it
ReadMe info is present on the CD-ROM to this purpose
Then the Customer is allowed to read the handbooks on the PCWS screen using the navigation and
zooming tools included in the tool and to print selected parts of the documentation through a local printer
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1670
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11466
CD-ROM identification
Each CD-ROM is identified
1) by external identifiers that are printed on the CD-ROM upper surface
ndash the name of the product-release(s) (and version if applicable)
ndash a writing indicating the language(s)
ndash the CD-ROM Part Number) ndash the CD-ROM edition (usually first edition=01)
2) and internally by the list of the source handbooks and documents (PNs and editions) by
whose collection and processing the CD-ROM itself has been created
CD-ROM updating
The list of source handbookdocument PNs-editions indicated in previous para point 2) in association
with the CD-ROMs own PN-edition is also loaded in the Alcatel-Information-System as a structured list
Whenever a new edition of any of such handbooksdocuments is released in the Alcatel archive system
a check in the Alcatel-Information-System is made to identify the list of CD-ROMs that must be updated
to include the new editions of these handbooksdocumentsThis causes the planning and creation of a new edition of the CD-ROM
Updating of CD-ROMs always follows with a certain delay the updating of the single handbooks com-
posing the collection
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1770
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1566
1 Management of enhanced Configuration File
11 File Name
The configuration file for Ethernet switch must be named enhanced_eth_featurepsh
The configuration file for MOD300 board must be named fullConfig_radiopsh
12 File Format
The configuration files are text files (WordPad cannot be used NotePad is suggested) they must be cre-
ated on PC (Windows or Linux or MAC) The content of the configuration file is formed by a list of com-
mands each of them using a different line
It is possible to insert comments in Configuration File
Use at beginning of the line to write a comment inside the Configuration File the comment is private
It is mandatory to insert an additional carriage return as last line of each configuration file
13 Configuration File upload
The configuration files must be uploaded to the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
The configuration files must be put (switch radio or both) in the EC compact flash inside the following
directory
homeadm-lc-ngconfig
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1870
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11666
14 Configuration File Removal
The configuration files can be removed from the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
Browsing the directory the configuration file must be deleted In order to disable all configuration file fea-
tures please refer to paragraph 1718 Simply removing configuration file from Compact Flash doesnt
imply the removal of all features applied by configuration file itself
15 Configuration File update add a new commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time an additional configuration is needed on top of the current features
applied by configuration file (eg one additional VLAN is needed) What is not possible with this procedure
is the complete removal of a specific commandfeature in such case refer to 1718
In order to append a new command on the existing configuration file by FTP client it is necessary to get
from compact flash the current configuration file and using a text editor append all the new commands
needed The edited configuration file must be uploaded again on the compact flash
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
16 Configuration File update remove an existing commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time one command or feature must be deleted
It is necessary to follow the procedure described below
ndash restore the initial configuration of the switch or radio (see 1718)
ndash upload a new configuration file
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
17 Restoring Ethernet switch initial configuration
To restore the initial configuration (the current configuration without any setting resulting from CF) the pro-
cedure includes the following steps
1) By FTP the CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
2) By FTP a specific CF (see below restoring CF) must be uploaded to the flash card
3) By normal procedure the CF must be execute (see 19)
4) By FTP the restoring CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1970
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1766
5) Perform a reset (see 19)
restoring configuration file
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 00500001 0001
end enhanced configuration file
18 Restoring MOD300 initial configuration
For this board is needed apply a specific configuration file for each feature in this case please refer next
chapters
19 How to run enhanced configuration fileConfiguration files must be uploaded in proper directory (see par 13)
In order to run (apply) the configuration files a reset command is needed using one of the following meth-
ods
ndash switch offon
ndash By pshell using reset command (if available)
ndash By CT using NE Restart command
NB A traffic hit may occur during reset command or NE restart up to 120 s
110 SW package activation
Since the SW package activation implies a EC software reset the configuration file will be applied again
no specific operations are required
111 Behavior in Core protection
The configuration file is loaded and applied on Core Spare too The file is uploaded from Core Main com-
pact flash This is the normal behavior in case of Core protection since Core Main and Core Spare are
kept aligned in terms of configuration So as soon as a Core switch occurs the Core becoming active
will have enhanced features already configured
112 Behavior in Radio protection
Regarding the configuration file for MOD300 board the Board Spare is managed as an independent Radio
Board In this case the radio configuration file contains the configuration of both radio cards
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2070
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11866
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2170
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1966
2 Common Assumption
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment
Slot 1 Slot2
Slot 3 Slot 4
Slot 5 Slot 6
Slot 7 Slot 8
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2270
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12066
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2166
3 Features supported through Configuration file
management
A generic feature can be implemented using configuration file The configuration file uses a set of low level
commands provisioning in the proper way different devices of different MPR cards The appropriate com-
mands are written inside a configuration file After an NE reset the configuration file is applied provi-
sioning the Ethernet switch and other devices to implement the desired feature
31 QinQ
To properly configure QinQ feature inside the MPR this procedure should be followed
1) Preliminary configuration
2) TPID setting
3) Port configuration (UNI NNI)
4) S-VLAN definition
5) S-VLAN priority definition
311 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the QinQ capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in 8021D
bridge mode by CTNMS Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be
properly configured by CTNMS
All the service VLANs will be configured by configuration file
discard all traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12266
312 TPID setting
In Q-in-Q bridging mode it is required to define a TPID value The default is 0x8100 The same TPID on
all permitted ports should be used Changing TPID on Radio and PDH ports is forbidden
bcm dtag tpid ltpbmgt ltex valuegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltex valuegt TPID value in hexadecimal
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt outertpidselect 0
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20
NB This command should not be applied if the TPID=0x8100 (since this value of TPID is the default
value)
Command example
bcm dtag tpid ge17 0x9100
bcm vlan port ge17 outertpidselect 0
On user port 1 the TPID will be 0x9100 The outer TPID will be the per port configured TPID
NB The default TPID value in Q-in-Q is 0x8100 changing the TPID with a different value than
0x8100 will imply a traffic hit up to 120 seconds on all MPR interfaces (PDHs radios and user
ports) during every restart condition after the first configuration file appliance
313 Port configurationIn Q-in-Q bridging mode each port must be defined as user to network interface (UNI) or network to net-
work interface (NNI)
bcm dtag mode ltpbmgt lttypegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 and each slot lodging a
MOD300 Radio Board mandatory
bull lttypegt it is the port definition that can be internal for NNI ports or external for UNI ports man-
datory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towardslot where a PDH card is lodged Applying this command toward PDH slots will destroy all the
E1s traffic
All radio ports shall be NNI ports
Command example
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge20 internal
bcm port ltpbmpgt priority=ltngt discard=none
bull ltpbmpgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 670
Configuration
List of Figures
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 770
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 566
PREFACE
Preliminary Information
WARNING
Any warranty must be referred exclusively to the terms of the contract of sale of the equipment to
which this handbook refers to
Alcatel-Lucent makes no warranty of any kind with regards to this manual and specifically disclaims
the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose ALCATEL-LUCENT will
not be liable for errors contained herein or for damages whether direct indirect consequential inci-
dental or special in connection with the furnishing performance or use of this material
NOTICE
The product specification andor performance levels contained in this document are for information
purposes only and are subject to change without notice They do not represent any obligation on the
part of ALCATEL-LUCENT
COPYRIGHT NOTIFICATION
The technical information of this manual is the property of ALCATEL-LUCENT and must not be cop-
ied reproduced or disclosed to a third party without written consent
TECHNICAL SUPPORT
Please contact your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center for questions reffered to the infor-
mation contained in this document
To send your comments about this handbook please follow the indication on Customer Documen-
tation Feedback
SAFETY RECOMMENDATION
The safety recommendations here below must be considered to avoid injuries on persons andor
damage to the equipment
1) Service Personnel
Installation and service must be carried out by authorized persons having appropriate technical
training and experience necessary to be aware of hazardous operations during installation and
service so as to prevent any personal injury or danger to other persons as well as prevent-
damaging the equipment
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 870
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1666
2) Access to the Equipment
Access to the Equipment in use must be restricted to Service Personnel only
3) Safety Rules
Recommended safety rules are indicated in Chapter 1 from page 21
Local safety regulations must be used if mandatory Safety instructions in this handbook should
be used in addition to the local safety regulations In case of conflict between safety instructions
stated in this manual and those indicated in local regulations mandatory local norms will pre-
vail Should not local regulations be mandatory then safety rules stated in this manual will pre-
vail
SERVICE PERSONNEL SKILL
Service Personnel must have an adequate technical background on telecommunications and in par-
ticular on the equipment subject of this handbook
An adequate background is required to properly install operate and maintain equipment The fact
of merely reading this handbook is considered as not enough
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 970
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 766
Applicability
This document applies to 9500MPR R122
This document applies to following productndashreleases
Scope
Scope of this document is to define the configuration files and the procedure to apply them
It will support by MPR-E release 122
By the means of this configuration file it will be possible to configure the Ethernet switch inside the CoreE
and the FPGA inside the Modem 300 board in order to obtain a specific behavior unobtainable with the
supported configuration tools
This document describes the features available at the date the document is released
Relevant Note
The command described in this document are examples of the command application the
user should adapt the described commands with the correct data for the equipment
Commands not described in this document are under user responsability
PRODUCT
9500MPR-E
PRODUCT RELEASE
9500MPR-E 122
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1070
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1866
History
EDITION DATE DESCRIPTIONS
01 July 2009 Creation for Release 122
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1170
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 966
Handbook Structure
This handbook has been edited according to the Alcatel-Lucent standardized ldquodrawing-up guides com-
plying with such suggestion
This handbook is divided into the main topics described in the table of contents
PREFACE It contains general information as preliminary information safety
recommendation handbook scope history related documents
Furthermore it describes the handbook structure and the cus-
tomer documentation
Management of enhanced Con-
figuration File
Describes the management of new features possible through con-
figuration file
Common Assumption Describes the Switch to equipment ports assignment
Features supported through Con-figuration file management
Describes features tha can be implemented through configurationfiles and how to implement them
ABBREVIATIONS The abbreviation list is supplied
INDEX Index references are inserted
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION
FEEDBACK
It contains info regarding customer opinions collection about this
document
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1270
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11066
General on Customer Documentation
This paragraph describes in general the AlcatelndashLucent Customer Documentation system details the
association between the product levels and the associated documentation and explains Customer Doc-
umentation characteristics as well as the policies for its delivery and updating
CustomerndashIndependent Standard Customer Documentation
a) Definition
Standard Customer Documentation referred to hereafter must be always meant as plantndashindepen-
dent and is always independent of any Customization
Plantndashdependent andor Customized documentation if envisaged by the contract is subjected to
commercial criteria as far as contents formats and supply conditions are concerned
NB Plantndashdependent and Customized documentation is not described here
b) Aims of standard Customer Documentation
Standard system hardware and software documentation is meant to give the Customer personnel
the possibility and the information necessary for installing commissioning operating and maintain-
ing the equipment according to AlcatelndashLucent Laboratory design and Installation Dept choices Inparticular
bull the contents of the chapters associated to the software applications focus on the explanation
of the manndashmachine interface and of the operating procedures allowed by it
bull maintenance is described down to faulty PCB location and replacement
NB No supply to Customers of design documentation (like PCB hardware design andproduction
documents and files software source programs programming tools etc) is envisaged
Product levels and associated Customer Documentation
a) Products
A ldquoproductrdquo is defined by the network hierarchical level where it can be inserted and by the whole
of performances and services that it is meant forEg 9500 MPR-E is a product
b) Product-releases
A rdquoproductrdquo evolves through successive ldquoproductndashreleasesrdquo which are the real products marketed
for their delivery at a certain rdquoproductndashreleaserdquo availability date A certain rdquoproductndashreleaserdquo performs
more functionalities than the previous one
Eg Rel10 and Rel20 are two successive ldquoproductndashreleasesrdquo of the same ldquoproductrdquo
A ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo comprehends a set of hardware components and at least one ldquoSoftware Pack-
agerdquo (SWP) as a whole they identify the possible network applications and the equipment perfor-
mances that the specific ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo has been designed engineered and marketed for
c) Configurations and Network ElementsIn some cases a ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo includes different possible ldquoconfigurationsrdquo which are distin-
guished from one another by different ldquoNetwork Elementrdquo (NE) types and from the management
point of view by different SWPs
d) SWP releases versions and CDndashROMs
bull Each SWP is distributed by means of a specific SWP CDndashROM
bull A SWP is identified by its ldquoDenominationrdquo ldquoPNrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo (Change Status) that
are printed on the CDndashROMrsquos label
ndash the first and second digits of the ldquoDenominationrdquo (eg 20) correspond to the ldquoHW productndash
releaserdquo number
ndash the third digit of the of the ldquoDenominationrdquo (eg 202) identifies the Version Level of the
SWP
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1370
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1166
bull A SWP with new Version Level providing main features in addition to those of the previous Ver-
sion Level SWP is distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM having new ldquoDenominationrdquoldquoP
Nrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
bull A SWP patch version if any is created to correct SW bugs andor to add minor features andis
distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM that can be identified
ndash by the same ldquoPNrdquo of the former CDndashROM but with an incremented ldquoCSrdquo number
(egCS=02 instead of previous CS=01) ndash or by a new ldquoPNrdquo and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
Handbook Updating
The handbooks associated to the product-release are listed in ldquordquo on page 8
Each handbook is identified by
ndash the name of the productndashrelease (and version when the handbook is applicable to the versions
starting from it but not to the previous ones)
ndash the handbook name
ndash the handbook Part Number
ndash the handbook edition (usually first edition=01)
ndash the handbook issue date The date on the handbook does not refer to the date of print but to the date
on which the handbook source file has been completed and released for the production
Changes introduced in the same productndashrelease (same handbook PN)
The edition and date of issue might change on future handbook versions for the following reasons
ndash only the date changes (pointed out in the Table of Contents) when modifications are made to the edi-
torial system not changing the technical contents of the handbook
ndash the edition hence the date is changed because modifications made concern technical contents In
this case
bull the changes with respect to the previous edition are listed in History on page 8
bull in affected chapters revision bars on the left of the page indicate modifications in text and draw-
ings
Changes concerning the technical contents of the handbook cause the edition number increase (eg from
Ed01 to Ed02) Slight changes (eg for corrections) maintain the same edition but with the addition of
a version character (eg from Ed02 to Ed02A) Version character can be used for draft or proposal edi-
tions
NOTES FOR HANDBOOKS RELEVANT TO SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS
Handbooks relevant to software applications (typically the Operators Handbooks)
are not modified unless the new software version distributed to Customersimplies man-machine interface changes or in case of slight modifications not
affecting the understanding of the explained procedures
Moreover should the screen prints included in the handbook contain the productndashreleases
version marking they are not replaced in the handbooks related to a subsequent version if
the screen contents are unchanged
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers who have already received previous issues is submitted to
commercial criteria
By updated handbook delivery it is meant the supply of a complete copy of the handbook new issue (sup-plying errata-corrige sheets is not envisaged)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1470
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11266
Changes due to new product version
A new product version changes the handbook PN and the edition starts from 01
In this case the modified parts of the handbook are not listed
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1570
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1366
Customer documentation on CD-ROM
In the following by CD-ROM it is meant Customer Documentation on CD-ROM
Contents creation and production of a CD-ROM
In most cases a CD-ROM contains in read-only eletronic format the documentation of one product-
release(-version) and for a certain languageIn some other cases the same CD-ROM can contain the documentation of different product-release(-ver-
sion)s for a certain language
As a general rule
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Management products do not contain
bull the Installation Guides
bull the documentation of system optional features that Customers could not buy from Alcatel
together with the main applicative SW
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Elements products do not contain
bull the documentation of system optional features (eg System Installation Handbooks related to
racks that Customers could not buy from Alcatel together with the main equipment)
A CD-ROM is obtained collecting various handbooks and documents in pdf format Bookmarks and
hyperlinks make the navigation easier No additional information is added to each handbook so that the
documentation present in the CD-ROMs is exactly the same the Customer would receive on paper
The files processed in this way are added to filesimages for managing purpose and a master CD-ROM
is recorded
Suitable checks are made in order to have a virus-free product
After a complete functional check the CD-ROM image is electronically transferred to the archive of the
Production Department so that the CD-ROM can be produced and delivered to Customers
Use of the CD-ROM
The CD-ROM can be used both in PC and Unix WS environments
The CD-ROM starts automatically with autorun and hyperlinks from the opened ldquoIndex document permit
to visualize the pdf handbooks
Other hyperlinks permit to get from the Technical handbooks the specific pdf setting documents
In order to open the pdf documents Adobe Acrobat Reader Version 40 (minimum) must have been
installed on the platform
The CD-ROM doesnt contain the Adobe Acrobat Reader program The Customer is in charge of getting
and installing it
ReadMe info is present on the CD-ROM to this purpose
Then the Customer is allowed to read the handbooks on the PCWS screen using the navigation and
zooming tools included in the tool and to print selected parts of the documentation through a local printer
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1670
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11466
CD-ROM identification
Each CD-ROM is identified
1) by external identifiers that are printed on the CD-ROM upper surface
ndash the name of the product-release(s) (and version if applicable)
ndash a writing indicating the language(s)
ndash the CD-ROM Part Number) ndash the CD-ROM edition (usually first edition=01)
2) and internally by the list of the source handbooks and documents (PNs and editions) by
whose collection and processing the CD-ROM itself has been created
CD-ROM updating
The list of source handbookdocument PNs-editions indicated in previous para point 2) in association
with the CD-ROMs own PN-edition is also loaded in the Alcatel-Information-System as a structured list
Whenever a new edition of any of such handbooksdocuments is released in the Alcatel archive system
a check in the Alcatel-Information-System is made to identify the list of CD-ROMs that must be updated
to include the new editions of these handbooksdocumentsThis causes the planning and creation of a new edition of the CD-ROM
Updating of CD-ROMs always follows with a certain delay the updating of the single handbooks com-
posing the collection
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1770
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1566
1 Management of enhanced Configuration File
11 File Name
The configuration file for Ethernet switch must be named enhanced_eth_featurepsh
The configuration file for MOD300 board must be named fullConfig_radiopsh
12 File Format
The configuration files are text files (WordPad cannot be used NotePad is suggested) they must be cre-
ated on PC (Windows or Linux or MAC) The content of the configuration file is formed by a list of com-
mands each of them using a different line
It is possible to insert comments in Configuration File
Use at beginning of the line to write a comment inside the Configuration File the comment is private
It is mandatory to insert an additional carriage return as last line of each configuration file
13 Configuration File upload
The configuration files must be uploaded to the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
The configuration files must be put (switch radio or both) in the EC compact flash inside the following
directory
homeadm-lc-ngconfig
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1870
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11666
14 Configuration File Removal
The configuration files can be removed from the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
Browsing the directory the configuration file must be deleted In order to disable all configuration file fea-
tures please refer to paragraph 1718 Simply removing configuration file from Compact Flash doesnt
imply the removal of all features applied by configuration file itself
15 Configuration File update add a new commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time an additional configuration is needed on top of the current features
applied by configuration file (eg one additional VLAN is needed) What is not possible with this procedure
is the complete removal of a specific commandfeature in such case refer to 1718
In order to append a new command on the existing configuration file by FTP client it is necessary to get
from compact flash the current configuration file and using a text editor append all the new commands
needed The edited configuration file must be uploaded again on the compact flash
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
16 Configuration File update remove an existing commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time one command or feature must be deleted
It is necessary to follow the procedure described below
ndash restore the initial configuration of the switch or radio (see 1718)
ndash upload a new configuration file
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
17 Restoring Ethernet switch initial configuration
To restore the initial configuration (the current configuration without any setting resulting from CF) the pro-
cedure includes the following steps
1) By FTP the CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
2) By FTP a specific CF (see below restoring CF) must be uploaded to the flash card
3) By normal procedure the CF must be execute (see 19)
4) By FTP the restoring CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1970
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1766
5) Perform a reset (see 19)
restoring configuration file
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 00500001 0001
end enhanced configuration file
18 Restoring MOD300 initial configuration
For this board is needed apply a specific configuration file for each feature in this case please refer next
chapters
19 How to run enhanced configuration fileConfiguration files must be uploaded in proper directory (see par 13)
In order to run (apply) the configuration files a reset command is needed using one of the following meth-
ods
ndash switch offon
ndash By pshell using reset command (if available)
ndash By CT using NE Restart command
NB A traffic hit may occur during reset command or NE restart up to 120 s
110 SW package activation
Since the SW package activation implies a EC software reset the configuration file will be applied again
no specific operations are required
111 Behavior in Core protection
The configuration file is loaded and applied on Core Spare too The file is uploaded from Core Main com-
pact flash This is the normal behavior in case of Core protection since Core Main and Core Spare are
kept aligned in terms of configuration So as soon as a Core switch occurs the Core becoming active
will have enhanced features already configured
112 Behavior in Radio protection
Regarding the configuration file for MOD300 board the Board Spare is managed as an independent Radio
Board In this case the radio configuration file contains the configuration of both radio cards
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2070
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11866
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2170
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1966
2 Common Assumption
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment
Slot 1 Slot2
Slot 3 Slot 4
Slot 5 Slot 6
Slot 7 Slot 8
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2270
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12066
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2166
3 Features supported through Configuration file
management
A generic feature can be implemented using configuration file The configuration file uses a set of low level
commands provisioning in the proper way different devices of different MPR cards The appropriate com-
mands are written inside a configuration file After an NE reset the configuration file is applied provi-
sioning the Ethernet switch and other devices to implement the desired feature
31 QinQ
To properly configure QinQ feature inside the MPR this procedure should be followed
1) Preliminary configuration
2) TPID setting
3) Port configuration (UNI NNI)
4) S-VLAN definition
5) S-VLAN priority definition
311 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the QinQ capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in 8021D
bridge mode by CTNMS Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be
properly configured by CTNMS
All the service VLANs will be configured by configuration file
discard all traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12266
312 TPID setting
In Q-in-Q bridging mode it is required to define a TPID value The default is 0x8100 The same TPID on
all permitted ports should be used Changing TPID on Radio and PDH ports is forbidden
bcm dtag tpid ltpbmgt ltex valuegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltex valuegt TPID value in hexadecimal
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt outertpidselect 0
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20
NB This command should not be applied if the TPID=0x8100 (since this value of TPID is the default
value)
Command example
bcm dtag tpid ge17 0x9100
bcm vlan port ge17 outertpidselect 0
On user port 1 the TPID will be 0x9100 The outer TPID will be the per port configured TPID
NB The default TPID value in Q-in-Q is 0x8100 changing the TPID with a different value than
0x8100 will imply a traffic hit up to 120 seconds on all MPR interfaces (PDHs radios and user
ports) during every restart condition after the first configuration file appliance
313 Port configurationIn Q-in-Q bridging mode each port must be defined as user to network interface (UNI) or network to net-
work interface (NNI)
bcm dtag mode ltpbmgt lttypegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 and each slot lodging a
MOD300 Radio Board mandatory
bull lttypegt it is the port definition that can be internal for NNI ports or external for UNI ports man-
datory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towardslot where a PDH card is lodged Applying this command toward PDH slots will destroy all the
E1s traffic
All radio ports shall be NNI ports
Command example
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge20 internal
bcm port ltpbmpgt priority=ltngt discard=none
bull ltpbmpgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 770
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 566
PREFACE
Preliminary Information
WARNING
Any warranty must be referred exclusively to the terms of the contract of sale of the equipment to
which this handbook refers to
Alcatel-Lucent makes no warranty of any kind with regards to this manual and specifically disclaims
the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose ALCATEL-LUCENT will
not be liable for errors contained herein or for damages whether direct indirect consequential inci-
dental or special in connection with the furnishing performance or use of this material
NOTICE
The product specification andor performance levels contained in this document are for information
purposes only and are subject to change without notice They do not represent any obligation on the
part of ALCATEL-LUCENT
COPYRIGHT NOTIFICATION
The technical information of this manual is the property of ALCATEL-LUCENT and must not be cop-
ied reproduced or disclosed to a third party without written consent
TECHNICAL SUPPORT
Please contact your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center for questions reffered to the infor-
mation contained in this document
To send your comments about this handbook please follow the indication on Customer Documen-
tation Feedback
SAFETY RECOMMENDATION
The safety recommendations here below must be considered to avoid injuries on persons andor
damage to the equipment
1) Service Personnel
Installation and service must be carried out by authorized persons having appropriate technical
training and experience necessary to be aware of hazardous operations during installation and
service so as to prevent any personal injury or danger to other persons as well as prevent-
damaging the equipment
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 870
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1666
2) Access to the Equipment
Access to the Equipment in use must be restricted to Service Personnel only
3) Safety Rules
Recommended safety rules are indicated in Chapter 1 from page 21
Local safety regulations must be used if mandatory Safety instructions in this handbook should
be used in addition to the local safety regulations In case of conflict between safety instructions
stated in this manual and those indicated in local regulations mandatory local norms will pre-
vail Should not local regulations be mandatory then safety rules stated in this manual will pre-
vail
SERVICE PERSONNEL SKILL
Service Personnel must have an adequate technical background on telecommunications and in par-
ticular on the equipment subject of this handbook
An adequate background is required to properly install operate and maintain equipment The fact
of merely reading this handbook is considered as not enough
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 970
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 766
Applicability
This document applies to 9500MPR R122
This document applies to following productndashreleases
Scope
Scope of this document is to define the configuration files and the procedure to apply them
It will support by MPR-E release 122
By the means of this configuration file it will be possible to configure the Ethernet switch inside the CoreE
and the FPGA inside the Modem 300 board in order to obtain a specific behavior unobtainable with the
supported configuration tools
This document describes the features available at the date the document is released
Relevant Note
The command described in this document are examples of the command application the
user should adapt the described commands with the correct data for the equipment
Commands not described in this document are under user responsability
PRODUCT
9500MPR-E
PRODUCT RELEASE
9500MPR-E 122
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1070
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1866
History
EDITION DATE DESCRIPTIONS
01 July 2009 Creation for Release 122
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1170
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 966
Handbook Structure
This handbook has been edited according to the Alcatel-Lucent standardized ldquodrawing-up guides com-
plying with such suggestion
This handbook is divided into the main topics described in the table of contents
PREFACE It contains general information as preliminary information safety
recommendation handbook scope history related documents
Furthermore it describes the handbook structure and the cus-
tomer documentation
Management of enhanced Con-
figuration File
Describes the management of new features possible through con-
figuration file
Common Assumption Describes the Switch to equipment ports assignment
Features supported through Con-figuration file management
Describes features tha can be implemented through configurationfiles and how to implement them
ABBREVIATIONS The abbreviation list is supplied
INDEX Index references are inserted
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION
FEEDBACK
It contains info regarding customer opinions collection about this
document
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1270
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11066
General on Customer Documentation
This paragraph describes in general the AlcatelndashLucent Customer Documentation system details the
association between the product levels and the associated documentation and explains Customer Doc-
umentation characteristics as well as the policies for its delivery and updating
CustomerndashIndependent Standard Customer Documentation
a) Definition
Standard Customer Documentation referred to hereafter must be always meant as plantndashindepen-
dent and is always independent of any Customization
Plantndashdependent andor Customized documentation if envisaged by the contract is subjected to
commercial criteria as far as contents formats and supply conditions are concerned
NB Plantndashdependent and Customized documentation is not described here
b) Aims of standard Customer Documentation
Standard system hardware and software documentation is meant to give the Customer personnel
the possibility and the information necessary for installing commissioning operating and maintain-
ing the equipment according to AlcatelndashLucent Laboratory design and Installation Dept choices Inparticular
bull the contents of the chapters associated to the software applications focus on the explanation
of the manndashmachine interface and of the operating procedures allowed by it
bull maintenance is described down to faulty PCB location and replacement
NB No supply to Customers of design documentation (like PCB hardware design andproduction
documents and files software source programs programming tools etc) is envisaged
Product levels and associated Customer Documentation
a) Products
A ldquoproductrdquo is defined by the network hierarchical level where it can be inserted and by the whole
of performances and services that it is meant forEg 9500 MPR-E is a product
b) Product-releases
A rdquoproductrdquo evolves through successive ldquoproductndashreleasesrdquo which are the real products marketed
for their delivery at a certain rdquoproductndashreleaserdquo availability date A certain rdquoproductndashreleaserdquo performs
more functionalities than the previous one
Eg Rel10 and Rel20 are two successive ldquoproductndashreleasesrdquo of the same ldquoproductrdquo
A ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo comprehends a set of hardware components and at least one ldquoSoftware Pack-
agerdquo (SWP) as a whole they identify the possible network applications and the equipment perfor-
mances that the specific ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo has been designed engineered and marketed for
c) Configurations and Network ElementsIn some cases a ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo includes different possible ldquoconfigurationsrdquo which are distin-
guished from one another by different ldquoNetwork Elementrdquo (NE) types and from the management
point of view by different SWPs
d) SWP releases versions and CDndashROMs
bull Each SWP is distributed by means of a specific SWP CDndashROM
bull A SWP is identified by its ldquoDenominationrdquo ldquoPNrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo (Change Status) that
are printed on the CDndashROMrsquos label
ndash the first and second digits of the ldquoDenominationrdquo (eg 20) correspond to the ldquoHW productndash
releaserdquo number
ndash the third digit of the of the ldquoDenominationrdquo (eg 202) identifies the Version Level of the
SWP
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1370
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1166
bull A SWP with new Version Level providing main features in addition to those of the previous Ver-
sion Level SWP is distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM having new ldquoDenominationrdquoldquoP
Nrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
bull A SWP patch version if any is created to correct SW bugs andor to add minor features andis
distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM that can be identified
ndash by the same ldquoPNrdquo of the former CDndashROM but with an incremented ldquoCSrdquo number
(egCS=02 instead of previous CS=01) ndash or by a new ldquoPNrdquo and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
Handbook Updating
The handbooks associated to the product-release are listed in ldquordquo on page 8
Each handbook is identified by
ndash the name of the productndashrelease (and version when the handbook is applicable to the versions
starting from it but not to the previous ones)
ndash the handbook name
ndash the handbook Part Number
ndash the handbook edition (usually first edition=01)
ndash the handbook issue date The date on the handbook does not refer to the date of print but to the date
on which the handbook source file has been completed and released for the production
Changes introduced in the same productndashrelease (same handbook PN)
The edition and date of issue might change on future handbook versions for the following reasons
ndash only the date changes (pointed out in the Table of Contents) when modifications are made to the edi-
torial system not changing the technical contents of the handbook
ndash the edition hence the date is changed because modifications made concern technical contents In
this case
bull the changes with respect to the previous edition are listed in History on page 8
bull in affected chapters revision bars on the left of the page indicate modifications in text and draw-
ings
Changes concerning the technical contents of the handbook cause the edition number increase (eg from
Ed01 to Ed02) Slight changes (eg for corrections) maintain the same edition but with the addition of
a version character (eg from Ed02 to Ed02A) Version character can be used for draft or proposal edi-
tions
NOTES FOR HANDBOOKS RELEVANT TO SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS
Handbooks relevant to software applications (typically the Operators Handbooks)
are not modified unless the new software version distributed to Customersimplies man-machine interface changes or in case of slight modifications not
affecting the understanding of the explained procedures
Moreover should the screen prints included in the handbook contain the productndashreleases
version marking they are not replaced in the handbooks related to a subsequent version if
the screen contents are unchanged
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers who have already received previous issues is submitted to
commercial criteria
By updated handbook delivery it is meant the supply of a complete copy of the handbook new issue (sup-plying errata-corrige sheets is not envisaged)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1470
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11266
Changes due to new product version
A new product version changes the handbook PN and the edition starts from 01
In this case the modified parts of the handbook are not listed
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1570
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1366
Customer documentation on CD-ROM
In the following by CD-ROM it is meant Customer Documentation on CD-ROM
Contents creation and production of a CD-ROM
In most cases a CD-ROM contains in read-only eletronic format the documentation of one product-
release(-version) and for a certain languageIn some other cases the same CD-ROM can contain the documentation of different product-release(-ver-
sion)s for a certain language
As a general rule
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Management products do not contain
bull the Installation Guides
bull the documentation of system optional features that Customers could not buy from Alcatel
together with the main applicative SW
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Elements products do not contain
bull the documentation of system optional features (eg System Installation Handbooks related to
racks that Customers could not buy from Alcatel together with the main equipment)
A CD-ROM is obtained collecting various handbooks and documents in pdf format Bookmarks and
hyperlinks make the navigation easier No additional information is added to each handbook so that the
documentation present in the CD-ROMs is exactly the same the Customer would receive on paper
The files processed in this way are added to filesimages for managing purpose and a master CD-ROM
is recorded
Suitable checks are made in order to have a virus-free product
After a complete functional check the CD-ROM image is electronically transferred to the archive of the
Production Department so that the CD-ROM can be produced and delivered to Customers
Use of the CD-ROM
The CD-ROM can be used both in PC and Unix WS environments
The CD-ROM starts automatically with autorun and hyperlinks from the opened ldquoIndex document permit
to visualize the pdf handbooks
Other hyperlinks permit to get from the Technical handbooks the specific pdf setting documents
In order to open the pdf documents Adobe Acrobat Reader Version 40 (minimum) must have been
installed on the platform
The CD-ROM doesnt contain the Adobe Acrobat Reader program The Customer is in charge of getting
and installing it
ReadMe info is present on the CD-ROM to this purpose
Then the Customer is allowed to read the handbooks on the PCWS screen using the navigation and
zooming tools included in the tool and to print selected parts of the documentation through a local printer
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1670
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11466
CD-ROM identification
Each CD-ROM is identified
1) by external identifiers that are printed on the CD-ROM upper surface
ndash the name of the product-release(s) (and version if applicable)
ndash a writing indicating the language(s)
ndash the CD-ROM Part Number) ndash the CD-ROM edition (usually first edition=01)
2) and internally by the list of the source handbooks and documents (PNs and editions) by
whose collection and processing the CD-ROM itself has been created
CD-ROM updating
The list of source handbookdocument PNs-editions indicated in previous para point 2) in association
with the CD-ROMs own PN-edition is also loaded in the Alcatel-Information-System as a structured list
Whenever a new edition of any of such handbooksdocuments is released in the Alcatel archive system
a check in the Alcatel-Information-System is made to identify the list of CD-ROMs that must be updated
to include the new editions of these handbooksdocumentsThis causes the planning and creation of a new edition of the CD-ROM
Updating of CD-ROMs always follows with a certain delay the updating of the single handbooks com-
posing the collection
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1770
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1566
1 Management of enhanced Configuration File
11 File Name
The configuration file for Ethernet switch must be named enhanced_eth_featurepsh
The configuration file for MOD300 board must be named fullConfig_radiopsh
12 File Format
The configuration files are text files (WordPad cannot be used NotePad is suggested) they must be cre-
ated on PC (Windows or Linux or MAC) The content of the configuration file is formed by a list of com-
mands each of them using a different line
It is possible to insert comments in Configuration File
Use at beginning of the line to write a comment inside the Configuration File the comment is private
It is mandatory to insert an additional carriage return as last line of each configuration file
13 Configuration File upload
The configuration files must be uploaded to the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
The configuration files must be put (switch radio or both) in the EC compact flash inside the following
directory
homeadm-lc-ngconfig
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1870
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11666
14 Configuration File Removal
The configuration files can be removed from the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
Browsing the directory the configuration file must be deleted In order to disable all configuration file fea-
tures please refer to paragraph 1718 Simply removing configuration file from Compact Flash doesnt
imply the removal of all features applied by configuration file itself
15 Configuration File update add a new commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time an additional configuration is needed on top of the current features
applied by configuration file (eg one additional VLAN is needed) What is not possible with this procedure
is the complete removal of a specific commandfeature in such case refer to 1718
In order to append a new command on the existing configuration file by FTP client it is necessary to get
from compact flash the current configuration file and using a text editor append all the new commands
needed The edited configuration file must be uploaded again on the compact flash
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
16 Configuration File update remove an existing commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time one command or feature must be deleted
It is necessary to follow the procedure described below
ndash restore the initial configuration of the switch or radio (see 1718)
ndash upload a new configuration file
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
17 Restoring Ethernet switch initial configuration
To restore the initial configuration (the current configuration without any setting resulting from CF) the pro-
cedure includes the following steps
1) By FTP the CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
2) By FTP a specific CF (see below restoring CF) must be uploaded to the flash card
3) By normal procedure the CF must be execute (see 19)
4) By FTP the restoring CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1970
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1766
5) Perform a reset (see 19)
restoring configuration file
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 00500001 0001
end enhanced configuration file
18 Restoring MOD300 initial configuration
For this board is needed apply a specific configuration file for each feature in this case please refer next
chapters
19 How to run enhanced configuration fileConfiguration files must be uploaded in proper directory (see par 13)
In order to run (apply) the configuration files a reset command is needed using one of the following meth-
ods
ndash switch offon
ndash By pshell using reset command (if available)
ndash By CT using NE Restart command
NB A traffic hit may occur during reset command or NE restart up to 120 s
110 SW package activation
Since the SW package activation implies a EC software reset the configuration file will be applied again
no specific operations are required
111 Behavior in Core protection
The configuration file is loaded and applied on Core Spare too The file is uploaded from Core Main com-
pact flash This is the normal behavior in case of Core protection since Core Main and Core Spare are
kept aligned in terms of configuration So as soon as a Core switch occurs the Core becoming active
will have enhanced features already configured
112 Behavior in Radio protection
Regarding the configuration file for MOD300 board the Board Spare is managed as an independent Radio
Board In this case the radio configuration file contains the configuration of both radio cards
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2070
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11866
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2170
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1966
2 Common Assumption
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment
Slot 1 Slot2
Slot 3 Slot 4
Slot 5 Slot 6
Slot 7 Slot 8
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2270
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12066
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2166
3 Features supported through Configuration file
management
A generic feature can be implemented using configuration file The configuration file uses a set of low level
commands provisioning in the proper way different devices of different MPR cards The appropriate com-
mands are written inside a configuration file After an NE reset the configuration file is applied provi-
sioning the Ethernet switch and other devices to implement the desired feature
31 QinQ
To properly configure QinQ feature inside the MPR this procedure should be followed
1) Preliminary configuration
2) TPID setting
3) Port configuration (UNI NNI)
4) S-VLAN definition
5) S-VLAN priority definition
311 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the QinQ capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in 8021D
bridge mode by CTNMS Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be
properly configured by CTNMS
All the service VLANs will be configured by configuration file
discard all traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12266
312 TPID setting
In Q-in-Q bridging mode it is required to define a TPID value The default is 0x8100 The same TPID on
all permitted ports should be used Changing TPID on Radio and PDH ports is forbidden
bcm dtag tpid ltpbmgt ltex valuegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltex valuegt TPID value in hexadecimal
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt outertpidselect 0
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20
NB This command should not be applied if the TPID=0x8100 (since this value of TPID is the default
value)
Command example
bcm dtag tpid ge17 0x9100
bcm vlan port ge17 outertpidselect 0
On user port 1 the TPID will be 0x9100 The outer TPID will be the per port configured TPID
NB The default TPID value in Q-in-Q is 0x8100 changing the TPID with a different value than
0x8100 will imply a traffic hit up to 120 seconds on all MPR interfaces (PDHs radios and user
ports) during every restart condition after the first configuration file appliance
313 Port configurationIn Q-in-Q bridging mode each port must be defined as user to network interface (UNI) or network to net-
work interface (NNI)
bcm dtag mode ltpbmgt lttypegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 and each slot lodging a
MOD300 Radio Board mandatory
bull lttypegt it is the port definition that can be internal for NNI ports or external for UNI ports man-
datory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towardslot where a PDH card is lodged Applying this command toward PDH slots will destroy all the
E1s traffic
All radio ports shall be NNI ports
Command example
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge20 internal
bcm port ltpbmpgt priority=ltngt discard=none
bull ltpbmpgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 870
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1666
2) Access to the Equipment
Access to the Equipment in use must be restricted to Service Personnel only
3) Safety Rules
Recommended safety rules are indicated in Chapter 1 from page 21
Local safety regulations must be used if mandatory Safety instructions in this handbook should
be used in addition to the local safety regulations In case of conflict between safety instructions
stated in this manual and those indicated in local regulations mandatory local norms will pre-
vail Should not local regulations be mandatory then safety rules stated in this manual will pre-
vail
SERVICE PERSONNEL SKILL
Service Personnel must have an adequate technical background on telecommunications and in par-
ticular on the equipment subject of this handbook
An adequate background is required to properly install operate and maintain equipment The fact
of merely reading this handbook is considered as not enough
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 970
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 766
Applicability
This document applies to 9500MPR R122
This document applies to following productndashreleases
Scope
Scope of this document is to define the configuration files and the procedure to apply them
It will support by MPR-E release 122
By the means of this configuration file it will be possible to configure the Ethernet switch inside the CoreE
and the FPGA inside the Modem 300 board in order to obtain a specific behavior unobtainable with the
supported configuration tools
This document describes the features available at the date the document is released
Relevant Note
The command described in this document are examples of the command application the
user should adapt the described commands with the correct data for the equipment
Commands not described in this document are under user responsability
PRODUCT
9500MPR-E
PRODUCT RELEASE
9500MPR-E 122
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1070
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1866
History
EDITION DATE DESCRIPTIONS
01 July 2009 Creation for Release 122
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1170
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 966
Handbook Structure
This handbook has been edited according to the Alcatel-Lucent standardized ldquodrawing-up guides com-
plying with such suggestion
This handbook is divided into the main topics described in the table of contents
PREFACE It contains general information as preliminary information safety
recommendation handbook scope history related documents
Furthermore it describes the handbook structure and the cus-
tomer documentation
Management of enhanced Con-
figuration File
Describes the management of new features possible through con-
figuration file
Common Assumption Describes the Switch to equipment ports assignment
Features supported through Con-figuration file management
Describes features tha can be implemented through configurationfiles and how to implement them
ABBREVIATIONS The abbreviation list is supplied
INDEX Index references are inserted
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION
FEEDBACK
It contains info regarding customer opinions collection about this
document
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1270
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11066
General on Customer Documentation
This paragraph describes in general the AlcatelndashLucent Customer Documentation system details the
association between the product levels and the associated documentation and explains Customer Doc-
umentation characteristics as well as the policies for its delivery and updating
CustomerndashIndependent Standard Customer Documentation
a) Definition
Standard Customer Documentation referred to hereafter must be always meant as plantndashindepen-
dent and is always independent of any Customization
Plantndashdependent andor Customized documentation if envisaged by the contract is subjected to
commercial criteria as far as contents formats and supply conditions are concerned
NB Plantndashdependent and Customized documentation is not described here
b) Aims of standard Customer Documentation
Standard system hardware and software documentation is meant to give the Customer personnel
the possibility and the information necessary for installing commissioning operating and maintain-
ing the equipment according to AlcatelndashLucent Laboratory design and Installation Dept choices Inparticular
bull the contents of the chapters associated to the software applications focus on the explanation
of the manndashmachine interface and of the operating procedures allowed by it
bull maintenance is described down to faulty PCB location and replacement
NB No supply to Customers of design documentation (like PCB hardware design andproduction
documents and files software source programs programming tools etc) is envisaged
Product levels and associated Customer Documentation
a) Products
A ldquoproductrdquo is defined by the network hierarchical level where it can be inserted and by the whole
of performances and services that it is meant forEg 9500 MPR-E is a product
b) Product-releases
A rdquoproductrdquo evolves through successive ldquoproductndashreleasesrdquo which are the real products marketed
for their delivery at a certain rdquoproductndashreleaserdquo availability date A certain rdquoproductndashreleaserdquo performs
more functionalities than the previous one
Eg Rel10 and Rel20 are two successive ldquoproductndashreleasesrdquo of the same ldquoproductrdquo
A ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo comprehends a set of hardware components and at least one ldquoSoftware Pack-
agerdquo (SWP) as a whole they identify the possible network applications and the equipment perfor-
mances that the specific ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo has been designed engineered and marketed for
c) Configurations and Network ElementsIn some cases a ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo includes different possible ldquoconfigurationsrdquo which are distin-
guished from one another by different ldquoNetwork Elementrdquo (NE) types and from the management
point of view by different SWPs
d) SWP releases versions and CDndashROMs
bull Each SWP is distributed by means of a specific SWP CDndashROM
bull A SWP is identified by its ldquoDenominationrdquo ldquoPNrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo (Change Status) that
are printed on the CDndashROMrsquos label
ndash the first and second digits of the ldquoDenominationrdquo (eg 20) correspond to the ldquoHW productndash
releaserdquo number
ndash the third digit of the of the ldquoDenominationrdquo (eg 202) identifies the Version Level of the
SWP
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1370
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1166
bull A SWP with new Version Level providing main features in addition to those of the previous Ver-
sion Level SWP is distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM having new ldquoDenominationrdquoldquoP
Nrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
bull A SWP patch version if any is created to correct SW bugs andor to add minor features andis
distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM that can be identified
ndash by the same ldquoPNrdquo of the former CDndashROM but with an incremented ldquoCSrdquo number
(egCS=02 instead of previous CS=01) ndash or by a new ldquoPNrdquo and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
Handbook Updating
The handbooks associated to the product-release are listed in ldquordquo on page 8
Each handbook is identified by
ndash the name of the productndashrelease (and version when the handbook is applicable to the versions
starting from it but not to the previous ones)
ndash the handbook name
ndash the handbook Part Number
ndash the handbook edition (usually first edition=01)
ndash the handbook issue date The date on the handbook does not refer to the date of print but to the date
on which the handbook source file has been completed and released for the production
Changes introduced in the same productndashrelease (same handbook PN)
The edition and date of issue might change on future handbook versions for the following reasons
ndash only the date changes (pointed out in the Table of Contents) when modifications are made to the edi-
torial system not changing the technical contents of the handbook
ndash the edition hence the date is changed because modifications made concern technical contents In
this case
bull the changes with respect to the previous edition are listed in History on page 8
bull in affected chapters revision bars on the left of the page indicate modifications in text and draw-
ings
Changes concerning the technical contents of the handbook cause the edition number increase (eg from
Ed01 to Ed02) Slight changes (eg for corrections) maintain the same edition but with the addition of
a version character (eg from Ed02 to Ed02A) Version character can be used for draft or proposal edi-
tions
NOTES FOR HANDBOOKS RELEVANT TO SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS
Handbooks relevant to software applications (typically the Operators Handbooks)
are not modified unless the new software version distributed to Customersimplies man-machine interface changes or in case of slight modifications not
affecting the understanding of the explained procedures
Moreover should the screen prints included in the handbook contain the productndashreleases
version marking they are not replaced in the handbooks related to a subsequent version if
the screen contents are unchanged
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers who have already received previous issues is submitted to
commercial criteria
By updated handbook delivery it is meant the supply of a complete copy of the handbook new issue (sup-plying errata-corrige sheets is not envisaged)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1470
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11266
Changes due to new product version
A new product version changes the handbook PN and the edition starts from 01
In this case the modified parts of the handbook are not listed
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1570
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1366
Customer documentation on CD-ROM
In the following by CD-ROM it is meant Customer Documentation on CD-ROM
Contents creation and production of a CD-ROM
In most cases a CD-ROM contains in read-only eletronic format the documentation of one product-
release(-version) and for a certain languageIn some other cases the same CD-ROM can contain the documentation of different product-release(-ver-
sion)s for a certain language
As a general rule
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Management products do not contain
bull the Installation Guides
bull the documentation of system optional features that Customers could not buy from Alcatel
together with the main applicative SW
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Elements products do not contain
bull the documentation of system optional features (eg System Installation Handbooks related to
racks that Customers could not buy from Alcatel together with the main equipment)
A CD-ROM is obtained collecting various handbooks and documents in pdf format Bookmarks and
hyperlinks make the navigation easier No additional information is added to each handbook so that the
documentation present in the CD-ROMs is exactly the same the Customer would receive on paper
The files processed in this way are added to filesimages for managing purpose and a master CD-ROM
is recorded
Suitable checks are made in order to have a virus-free product
After a complete functional check the CD-ROM image is electronically transferred to the archive of the
Production Department so that the CD-ROM can be produced and delivered to Customers
Use of the CD-ROM
The CD-ROM can be used both in PC and Unix WS environments
The CD-ROM starts automatically with autorun and hyperlinks from the opened ldquoIndex document permit
to visualize the pdf handbooks
Other hyperlinks permit to get from the Technical handbooks the specific pdf setting documents
In order to open the pdf documents Adobe Acrobat Reader Version 40 (minimum) must have been
installed on the platform
The CD-ROM doesnt contain the Adobe Acrobat Reader program The Customer is in charge of getting
and installing it
ReadMe info is present on the CD-ROM to this purpose
Then the Customer is allowed to read the handbooks on the PCWS screen using the navigation and
zooming tools included in the tool and to print selected parts of the documentation through a local printer
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1670
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11466
CD-ROM identification
Each CD-ROM is identified
1) by external identifiers that are printed on the CD-ROM upper surface
ndash the name of the product-release(s) (and version if applicable)
ndash a writing indicating the language(s)
ndash the CD-ROM Part Number) ndash the CD-ROM edition (usually first edition=01)
2) and internally by the list of the source handbooks and documents (PNs and editions) by
whose collection and processing the CD-ROM itself has been created
CD-ROM updating
The list of source handbookdocument PNs-editions indicated in previous para point 2) in association
with the CD-ROMs own PN-edition is also loaded in the Alcatel-Information-System as a structured list
Whenever a new edition of any of such handbooksdocuments is released in the Alcatel archive system
a check in the Alcatel-Information-System is made to identify the list of CD-ROMs that must be updated
to include the new editions of these handbooksdocumentsThis causes the planning and creation of a new edition of the CD-ROM
Updating of CD-ROMs always follows with a certain delay the updating of the single handbooks com-
posing the collection
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1770
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1566
1 Management of enhanced Configuration File
11 File Name
The configuration file for Ethernet switch must be named enhanced_eth_featurepsh
The configuration file for MOD300 board must be named fullConfig_radiopsh
12 File Format
The configuration files are text files (WordPad cannot be used NotePad is suggested) they must be cre-
ated on PC (Windows or Linux or MAC) The content of the configuration file is formed by a list of com-
mands each of them using a different line
It is possible to insert comments in Configuration File
Use at beginning of the line to write a comment inside the Configuration File the comment is private
It is mandatory to insert an additional carriage return as last line of each configuration file
13 Configuration File upload
The configuration files must be uploaded to the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
The configuration files must be put (switch radio or both) in the EC compact flash inside the following
directory
homeadm-lc-ngconfig
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1870
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11666
14 Configuration File Removal
The configuration files can be removed from the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
Browsing the directory the configuration file must be deleted In order to disable all configuration file fea-
tures please refer to paragraph 1718 Simply removing configuration file from Compact Flash doesnt
imply the removal of all features applied by configuration file itself
15 Configuration File update add a new commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time an additional configuration is needed on top of the current features
applied by configuration file (eg one additional VLAN is needed) What is not possible with this procedure
is the complete removal of a specific commandfeature in such case refer to 1718
In order to append a new command on the existing configuration file by FTP client it is necessary to get
from compact flash the current configuration file and using a text editor append all the new commands
needed The edited configuration file must be uploaded again on the compact flash
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
16 Configuration File update remove an existing commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time one command or feature must be deleted
It is necessary to follow the procedure described below
ndash restore the initial configuration of the switch or radio (see 1718)
ndash upload a new configuration file
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
17 Restoring Ethernet switch initial configuration
To restore the initial configuration (the current configuration without any setting resulting from CF) the pro-
cedure includes the following steps
1) By FTP the CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
2) By FTP a specific CF (see below restoring CF) must be uploaded to the flash card
3) By normal procedure the CF must be execute (see 19)
4) By FTP the restoring CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1970
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1766
5) Perform a reset (see 19)
restoring configuration file
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 00500001 0001
end enhanced configuration file
18 Restoring MOD300 initial configuration
For this board is needed apply a specific configuration file for each feature in this case please refer next
chapters
19 How to run enhanced configuration fileConfiguration files must be uploaded in proper directory (see par 13)
In order to run (apply) the configuration files a reset command is needed using one of the following meth-
ods
ndash switch offon
ndash By pshell using reset command (if available)
ndash By CT using NE Restart command
NB A traffic hit may occur during reset command or NE restart up to 120 s
110 SW package activation
Since the SW package activation implies a EC software reset the configuration file will be applied again
no specific operations are required
111 Behavior in Core protection
The configuration file is loaded and applied on Core Spare too The file is uploaded from Core Main com-
pact flash This is the normal behavior in case of Core protection since Core Main and Core Spare are
kept aligned in terms of configuration So as soon as a Core switch occurs the Core becoming active
will have enhanced features already configured
112 Behavior in Radio protection
Regarding the configuration file for MOD300 board the Board Spare is managed as an independent Radio
Board In this case the radio configuration file contains the configuration of both radio cards
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2070
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11866
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2170
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1966
2 Common Assumption
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment
Slot 1 Slot2
Slot 3 Slot 4
Slot 5 Slot 6
Slot 7 Slot 8
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2270
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12066
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2166
3 Features supported through Configuration file
management
A generic feature can be implemented using configuration file The configuration file uses a set of low level
commands provisioning in the proper way different devices of different MPR cards The appropriate com-
mands are written inside a configuration file After an NE reset the configuration file is applied provi-
sioning the Ethernet switch and other devices to implement the desired feature
31 QinQ
To properly configure QinQ feature inside the MPR this procedure should be followed
1) Preliminary configuration
2) TPID setting
3) Port configuration (UNI NNI)
4) S-VLAN definition
5) S-VLAN priority definition
311 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the QinQ capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in 8021D
bridge mode by CTNMS Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be
properly configured by CTNMS
All the service VLANs will be configured by configuration file
discard all traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12266
312 TPID setting
In Q-in-Q bridging mode it is required to define a TPID value The default is 0x8100 The same TPID on
all permitted ports should be used Changing TPID on Radio and PDH ports is forbidden
bcm dtag tpid ltpbmgt ltex valuegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltex valuegt TPID value in hexadecimal
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt outertpidselect 0
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20
NB This command should not be applied if the TPID=0x8100 (since this value of TPID is the default
value)
Command example
bcm dtag tpid ge17 0x9100
bcm vlan port ge17 outertpidselect 0
On user port 1 the TPID will be 0x9100 The outer TPID will be the per port configured TPID
NB The default TPID value in Q-in-Q is 0x8100 changing the TPID with a different value than
0x8100 will imply a traffic hit up to 120 seconds on all MPR interfaces (PDHs radios and user
ports) during every restart condition after the first configuration file appliance
313 Port configurationIn Q-in-Q bridging mode each port must be defined as user to network interface (UNI) or network to net-
work interface (NNI)
bcm dtag mode ltpbmgt lttypegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 and each slot lodging a
MOD300 Radio Board mandatory
bull lttypegt it is the port definition that can be internal for NNI ports or external for UNI ports man-
datory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towardslot where a PDH card is lodged Applying this command toward PDH slots will destroy all the
E1s traffic
All radio ports shall be NNI ports
Command example
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge20 internal
bcm port ltpbmpgt priority=ltngt discard=none
bull ltpbmpgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 970
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 766
Applicability
This document applies to 9500MPR R122
This document applies to following productndashreleases
Scope
Scope of this document is to define the configuration files and the procedure to apply them
It will support by MPR-E release 122
By the means of this configuration file it will be possible to configure the Ethernet switch inside the CoreE
and the FPGA inside the Modem 300 board in order to obtain a specific behavior unobtainable with the
supported configuration tools
This document describes the features available at the date the document is released
Relevant Note
The command described in this document are examples of the command application the
user should adapt the described commands with the correct data for the equipment
Commands not described in this document are under user responsability
PRODUCT
9500MPR-E
PRODUCT RELEASE
9500MPR-E 122
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1070
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1866
History
EDITION DATE DESCRIPTIONS
01 July 2009 Creation for Release 122
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1170
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 966
Handbook Structure
This handbook has been edited according to the Alcatel-Lucent standardized ldquodrawing-up guides com-
plying with such suggestion
This handbook is divided into the main topics described in the table of contents
PREFACE It contains general information as preliminary information safety
recommendation handbook scope history related documents
Furthermore it describes the handbook structure and the cus-
tomer documentation
Management of enhanced Con-
figuration File
Describes the management of new features possible through con-
figuration file
Common Assumption Describes the Switch to equipment ports assignment
Features supported through Con-figuration file management
Describes features tha can be implemented through configurationfiles and how to implement them
ABBREVIATIONS The abbreviation list is supplied
INDEX Index references are inserted
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION
FEEDBACK
It contains info regarding customer opinions collection about this
document
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1270
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11066
General on Customer Documentation
This paragraph describes in general the AlcatelndashLucent Customer Documentation system details the
association between the product levels and the associated documentation and explains Customer Doc-
umentation characteristics as well as the policies for its delivery and updating
CustomerndashIndependent Standard Customer Documentation
a) Definition
Standard Customer Documentation referred to hereafter must be always meant as plantndashindepen-
dent and is always independent of any Customization
Plantndashdependent andor Customized documentation if envisaged by the contract is subjected to
commercial criteria as far as contents formats and supply conditions are concerned
NB Plantndashdependent and Customized documentation is not described here
b) Aims of standard Customer Documentation
Standard system hardware and software documentation is meant to give the Customer personnel
the possibility and the information necessary for installing commissioning operating and maintain-
ing the equipment according to AlcatelndashLucent Laboratory design and Installation Dept choices Inparticular
bull the contents of the chapters associated to the software applications focus on the explanation
of the manndashmachine interface and of the operating procedures allowed by it
bull maintenance is described down to faulty PCB location and replacement
NB No supply to Customers of design documentation (like PCB hardware design andproduction
documents and files software source programs programming tools etc) is envisaged
Product levels and associated Customer Documentation
a) Products
A ldquoproductrdquo is defined by the network hierarchical level where it can be inserted and by the whole
of performances and services that it is meant forEg 9500 MPR-E is a product
b) Product-releases
A rdquoproductrdquo evolves through successive ldquoproductndashreleasesrdquo which are the real products marketed
for their delivery at a certain rdquoproductndashreleaserdquo availability date A certain rdquoproductndashreleaserdquo performs
more functionalities than the previous one
Eg Rel10 and Rel20 are two successive ldquoproductndashreleasesrdquo of the same ldquoproductrdquo
A ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo comprehends a set of hardware components and at least one ldquoSoftware Pack-
agerdquo (SWP) as a whole they identify the possible network applications and the equipment perfor-
mances that the specific ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo has been designed engineered and marketed for
c) Configurations and Network ElementsIn some cases a ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo includes different possible ldquoconfigurationsrdquo which are distin-
guished from one another by different ldquoNetwork Elementrdquo (NE) types and from the management
point of view by different SWPs
d) SWP releases versions and CDndashROMs
bull Each SWP is distributed by means of a specific SWP CDndashROM
bull A SWP is identified by its ldquoDenominationrdquo ldquoPNrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo (Change Status) that
are printed on the CDndashROMrsquos label
ndash the first and second digits of the ldquoDenominationrdquo (eg 20) correspond to the ldquoHW productndash
releaserdquo number
ndash the third digit of the of the ldquoDenominationrdquo (eg 202) identifies the Version Level of the
SWP
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1370
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1166
bull A SWP with new Version Level providing main features in addition to those of the previous Ver-
sion Level SWP is distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM having new ldquoDenominationrdquoldquoP
Nrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
bull A SWP patch version if any is created to correct SW bugs andor to add minor features andis
distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM that can be identified
ndash by the same ldquoPNrdquo of the former CDndashROM but with an incremented ldquoCSrdquo number
(egCS=02 instead of previous CS=01) ndash or by a new ldquoPNrdquo and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
Handbook Updating
The handbooks associated to the product-release are listed in ldquordquo on page 8
Each handbook is identified by
ndash the name of the productndashrelease (and version when the handbook is applicable to the versions
starting from it but not to the previous ones)
ndash the handbook name
ndash the handbook Part Number
ndash the handbook edition (usually first edition=01)
ndash the handbook issue date The date on the handbook does not refer to the date of print but to the date
on which the handbook source file has been completed and released for the production
Changes introduced in the same productndashrelease (same handbook PN)
The edition and date of issue might change on future handbook versions for the following reasons
ndash only the date changes (pointed out in the Table of Contents) when modifications are made to the edi-
torial system not changing the technical contents of the handbook
ndash the edition hence the date is changed because modifications made concern technical contents In
this case
bull the changes with respect to the previous edition are listed in History on page 8
bull in affected chapters revision bars on the left of the page indicate modifications in text and draw-
ings
Changes concerning the technical contents of the handbook cause the edition number increase (eg from
Ed01 to Ed02) Slight changes (eg for corrections) maintain the same edition but with the addition of
a version character (eg from Ed02 to Ed02A) Version character can be used for draft or proposal edi-
tions
NOTES FOR HANDBOOKS RELEVANT TO SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS
Handbooks relevant to software applications (typically the Operators Handbooks)
are not modified unless the new software version distributed to Customersimplies man-machine interface changes or in case of slight modifications not
affecting the understanding of the explained procedures
Moreover should the screen prints included in the handbook contain the productndashreleases
version marking they are not replaced in the handbooks related to a subsequent version if
the screen contents are unchanged
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers who have already received previous issues is submitted to
commercial criteria
By updated handbook delivery it is meant the supply of a complete copy of the handbook new issue (sup-plying errata-corrige sheets is not envisaged)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1470
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11266
Changes due to new product version
A new product version changes the handbook PN and the edition starts from 01
In this case the modified parts of the handbook are not listed
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1570
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1366
Customer documentation on CD-ROM
In the following by CD-ROM it is meant Customer Documentation on CD-ROM
Contents creation and production of a CD-ROM
In most cases a CD-ROM contains in read-only eletronic format the documentation of one product-
release(-version) and for a certain languageIn some other cases the same CD-ROM can contain the documentation of different product-release(-ver-
sion)s for a certain language
As a general rule
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Management products do not contain
bull the Installation Guides
bull the documentation of system optional features that Customers could not buy from Alcatel
together with the main applicative SW
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Elements products do not contain
bull the documentation of system optional features (eg System Installation Handbooks related to
racks that Customers could not buy from Alcatel together with the main equipment)
A CD-ROM is obtained collecting various handbooks and documents in pdf format Bookmarks and
hyperlinks make the navigation easier No additional information is added to each handbook so that the
documentation present in the CD-ROMs is exactly the same the Customer would receive on paper
The files processed in this way are added to filesimages for managing purpose and a master CD-ROM
is recorded
Suitable checks are made in order to have a virus-free product
After a complete functional check the CD-ROM image is electronically transferred to the archive of the
Production Department so that the CD-ROM can be produced and delivered to Customers
Use of the CD-ROM
The CD-ROM can be used both in PC and Unix WS environments
The CD-ROM starts automatically with autorun and hyperlinks from the opened ldquoIndex document permit
to visualize the pdf handbooks
Other hyperlinks permit to get from the Technical handbooks the specific pdf setting documents
In order to open the pdf documents Adobe Acrobat Reader Version 40 (minimum) must have been
installed on the platform
The CD-ROM doesnt contain the Adobe Acrobat Reader program The Customer is in charge of getting
and installing it
ReadMe info is present on the CD-ROM to this purpose
Then the Customer is allowed to read the handbooks on the PCWS screen using the navigation and
zooming tools included in the tool and to print selected parts of the documentation through a local printer
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1670
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11466
CD-ROM identification
Each CD-ROM is identified
1) by external identifiers that are printed on the CD-ROM upper surface
ndash the name of the product-release(s) (and version if applicable)
ndash a writing indicating the language(s)
ndash the CD-ROM Part Number) ndash the CD-ROM edition (usually first edition=01)
2) and internally by the list of the source handbooks and documents (PNs and editions) by
whose collection and processing the CD-ROM itself has been created
CD-ROM updating
The list of source handbookdocument PNs-editions indicated in previous para point 2) in association
with the CD-ROMs own PN-edition is also loaded in the Alcatel-Information-System as a structured list
Whenever a new edition of any of such handbooksdocuments is released in the Alcatel archive system
a check in the Alcatel-Information-System is made to identify the list of CD-ROMs that must be updated
to include the new editions of these handbooksdocumentsThis causes the planning and creation of a new edition of the CD-ROM
Updating of CD-ROMs always follows with a certain delay the updating of the single handbooks com-
posing the collection
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1770
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1566
1 Management of enhanced Configuration File
11 File Name
The configuration file for Ethernet switch must be named enhanced_eth_featurepsh
The configuration file for MOD300 board must be named fullConfig_radiopsh
12 File Format
The configuration files are text files (WordPad cannot be used NotePad is suggested) they must be cre-
ated on PC (Windows or Linux or MAC) The content of the configuration file is formed by a list of com-
mands each of them using a different line
It is possible to insert comments in Configuration File
Use at beginning of the line to write a comment inside the Configuration File the comment is private
It is mandatory to insert an additional carriage return as last line of each configuration file
13 Configuration File upload
The configuration files must be uploaded to the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
The configuration files must be put (switch radio or both) in the EC compact flash inside the following
directory
homeadm-lc-ngconfig
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1870
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11666
14 Configuration File Removal
The configuration files can be removed from the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
Browsing the directory the configuration file must be deleted In order to disable all configuration file fea-
tures please refer to paragraph 1718 Simply removing configuration file from Compact Flash doesnt
imply the removal of all features applied by configuration file itself
15 Configuration File update add a new commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time an additional configuration is needed on top of the current features
applied by configuration file (eg one additional VLAN is needed) What is not possible with this procedure
is the complete removal of a specific commandfeature in such case refer to 1718
In order to append a new command on the existing configuration file by FTP client it is necessary to get
from compact flash the current configuration file and using a text editor append all the new commands
needed The edited configuration file must be uploaded again on the compact flash
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
16 Configuration File update remove an existing commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time one command or feature must be deleted
It is necessary to follow the procedure described below
ndash restore the initial configuration of the switch or radio (see 1718)
ndash upload a new configuration file
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
17 Restoring Ethernet switch initial configuration
To restore the initial configuration (the current configuration without any setting resulting from CF) the pro-
cedure includes the following steps
1) By FTP the CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
2) By FTP a specific CF (see below restoring CF) must be uploaded to the flash card
3) By normal procedure the CF must be execute (see 19)
4) By FTP the restoring CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1970
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1766
5) Perform a reset (see 19)
restoring configuration file
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 00500001 0001
end enhanced configuration file
18 Restoring MOD300 initial configuration
For this board is needed apply a specific configuration file for each feature in this case please refer next
chapters
19 How to run enhanced configuration fileConfiguration files must be uploaded in proper directory (see par 13)
In order to run (apply) the configuration files a reset command is needed using one of the following meth-
ods
ndash switch offon
ndash By pshell using reset command (if available)
ndash By CT using NE Restart command
NB A traffic hit may occur during reset command or NE restart up to 120 s
110 SW package activation
Since the SW package activation implies a EC software reset the configuration file will be applied again
no specific operations are required
111 Behavior in Core protection
The configuration file is loaded and applied on Core Spare too The file is uploaded from Core Main com-
pact flash This is the normal behavior in case of Core protection since Core Main and Core Spare are
kept aligned in terms of configuration So as soon as a Core switch occurs the Core becoming active
will have enhanced features already configured
112 Behavior in Radio protection
Regarding the configuration file for MOD300 board the Board Spare is managed as an independent Radio
Board In this case the radio configuration file contains the configuration of both radio cards
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2070
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11866
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2170
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1966
2 Common Assumption
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment
Slot 1 Slot2
Slot 3 Slot 4
Slot 5 Slot 6
Slot 7 Slot 8
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2270
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12066
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2166
3 Features supported through Configuration file
management
A generic feature can be implemented using configuration file The configuration file uses a set of low level
commands provisioning in the proper way different devices of different MPR cards The appropriate com-
mands are written inside a configuration file After an NE reset the configuration file is applied provi-
sioning the Ethernet switch and other devices to implement the desired feature
31 QinQ
To properly configure QinQ feature inside the MPR this procedure should be followed
1) Preliminary configuration
2) TPID setting
3) Port configuration (UNI NNI)
4) S-VLAN definition
5) S-VLAN priority definition
311 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the QinQ capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in 8021D
bridge mode by CTNMS Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be
properly configured by CTNMS
All the service VLANs will be configured by configuration file
discard all traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12266
312 TPID setting
In Q-in-Q bridging mode it is required to define a TPID value The default is 0x8100 The same TPID on
all permitted ports should be used Changing TPID on Radio and PDH ports is forbidden
bcm dtag tpid ltpbmgt ltex valuegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltex valuegt TPID value in hexadecimal
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt outertpidselect 0
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20
NB This command should not be applied if the TPID=0x8100 (since this value of TPID is the default
value)
Command example
bcm dtag tpid ge17 0x9100
bcm vlan port ge17 outertpidselect 0
On user port 1 the TPID will be 0x9100 The outer TPID will be the per port configured TPID
NB The default TPID value in Q-in-Q is 0x8100 changing the TPID with a different value than
0x8100 will imply a traffic hit up to 120 seconds on all MPR interfaces (PDHs radios and user
ports) during every restart condition after the first configuration file appliance
313 Port configurationIn Q-in-Q bridging mode each port must be defined as user to network interface (UNI) or network to net-
work interface (NNI)
bcm dtag mode ltpbmgt lttypegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 and each slot lodging a
MOD300 Radio Board mandatory
bull lttypegt it is the port definition that can be internal for NNI ports or external for UNI ports man-
datory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towardslot where a PDH card is lodged Applying this command toward PDH slots will destroy all the
E1s traffic
All radio ports shall be NNI ports
Command example
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge20 internal
bcm port ltpbmpgt priority=ltngt discard=none
bull ltpbmpgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1070
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1866
History
EDITION DATE DESCRIPTIONS
01 July 2009 Creation for Release 122
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1170
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 966
Handbook Structure
This handbook has been edited according to the Alcatel-Lucent standardized ldquodrawing-up guides com-
plying with such suggestion
This handbook is divided into the main topics described in the table of contents
PREFACE It contains general information as preliminary information safety
recommendation handbook scope history related documents
Furthermore it describes the handbook structure and the cus-
tomer documentation
Management of enhanced Con-
figuration File
Describes the management of new features possible through con-
figuration file
Common Assumption Describes the Switch to equipment ports assignment
Features supported through Con-figuration file management
Describes features tha can be implemented through configurationfiles and how to implement them
ABBREVIATIONS The abbreviation list is supplied
INDEX Index references are inserted
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION
FEEDBACK
It contains info regarding customer opinions collection about this
document
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1270
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11066
General on Customer Documentation
This paragraph describes in general the AlcatelndashLucent Customer Documentation system details the
association between the product levels and the associated documentation and explains Customer Doc-
umentation characteristics as well as the policies for its delivery and updating
CustomerndashIndependent Standard Customer Documentation
a) Definition
Standard Customer Documentation referred to hereafter must be always meant as plantndashindepen-
dent and is always independent of any Customization
Plantndashdependent andor Customized documentation if envisaged by the contract is subjected to
commercial criteria as far as contents formats and supply conditions are concerned
NB Plantndashdependent and Customized documentation is not described here
b) Aims of standard Customer Documentation
Standard system hardware and software documentation is meant to give the Customer personnel
the possibility and the information necessary for installing commissioning operating and maintain-
ing the equipment according to AlcatelndashLucent Laboratory design and Installation Dept choices Inparticular
bull the contents of the chapters associated to the software applications focus on the explanation
of the manndashmachine interface and of the operating procedures allowed by it
bull maintenance is described down to faulty PCB location and replacement
NB No supply to Customers of design documentation (like PCB hardware design andproduction
documents and files software source programs programming tools etc) is envisaged
Product levels and associated Customer Documentation
a) Products
A ldquoproductrdquo is defined by the network hierarchical level where it can be inserted and by the whole
of performances and services that it is meant forEg 9500 MPR-E is a product
b) Product-releases
A rdquoproductrdquo evolves through successive ldquoproductndashreleasesrdquo which are the real products marketed
for their delivery at a certain rdquoproductndashreleaserdquo availability date A certain rdquoproductndashreleaserdquo performs
more functionalities than the previous one
Eg Rel10 and Rel20 are two successive ldquoproductndashreleasesrdquo of the same ldquoproductrdquo
A ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo comprehends a set of hardware components and at least one ldquoSoftware Pack-
agerdquo (SWP) as a whole they identify the possible network applications and the equipment perfor-
mances that the specific ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo has been designed engineered and marketed for
c) Configurations and Network ElementsIn some cases a ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo includes different possible ldquoconfigurationsrdquo which are distin-
guished from one another by different ldquoNetwork Elementrdquo (NE) types and from the management
point of view by different SWPs
d) SWP releases versions and CDndashROMs
bull Each SWP is distributed by means of a specific SWP CDndashROM
bull A SWP is identified by its ldquoDenominationrdquo ldquoPNrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo (Change Status) that
are printed on the CDndashROMrsquos label
ndash the first and second digits of the ldquoDenominationrdquo (eg 20) correspond to the ldquoHW productndash
releaserdquo number
ndash the third digit of the of the ldquoDenominationrdquo (eg 202) identifies the Version Level of the
SWP
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1370
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1166
bull A SWP with new Version Level providing main features in addition to those of the previous Ver-
sion Level SWP is distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM having new ldquoDenominationrdquoldquoP
Nrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
bull A SWP patch version if any is created to correct SW bugs andor to add minor features andis
distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM that can be identified
ndash by the same ldquoPNrdquo of the former CDndashROM but with an incremented ldquoCSrdquo number
(egCS=02 instead of previous CS=01) ndash or by a new ldquoPNrdquo and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
Handbook Updating
The handbooks associated to the product-release are listed in ldquordquo on page 8
Each handbook is identified by
ndash the name of the productndashrelease (and version when the handbook is applicable to the versions
starting from it but not to the previous ones)
ndash the handbook name
ndash the handbook Part Number
ndash the handbook edition (usually first edition=01)
ndash the handbook issue date The date on the handbook does not refer to the date of print but to the date
on which the handbook source file has been completed and released for the production
Changes introduced in the same productndashrelease (same handbook PN)
The edition and date of issue might change on future handbook versions for the following reasons
ndash only the date changes (pointed out in the Table of Contents) when modifications are made to the edi-
torial system not changing the technical contents of the handbook
ndash the edition hence the date is changed because modifications made concern technical contents In
this case
bull the changes with respect to the previous edition are listed in History on page 8
bull in affected chapters revision bars on the left of the page indicate modifications in text and draw-
ings
Changes concerning the technical contents of the handbook cause the edition number increase (eg from
Ed01 to Ed02) Slight changes (eg for corrections) maintain the same edition but with the addition of
a version character (eg from Ed02 to Ed02A) Version character can be used for draft or proposal edi-
tions
NOTES FOR HANDBOOKS RELEVANT TO SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS
Handbooks relevant to software applications (typically the Operators Handbooks)
are not modified unless the new software version distributed to Customersimplies man-machine interface changes or in case of slight modifications not
affecting the understanding of the explained procedures
Moreover should the screen prints included in the handbook contain the productndashreleases
version marking they are not replaced in the handbooks related to a subsequent version if
the screen contents are unchanged
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers who have already received previous issues is submitted to
commercial criteria
By updated handbook delivery it is meant the supply of a complete copy of the handbook new issue (sup-plying errata-corrige sheets is not envisaged)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1470
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11266
Changes due to new product version
A new product version changes the handbook PN and the edition starts from 01
In this case the modified parts of the handbook are not listed
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1570
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1366
Customer documentation on CD-ROM
In the following by CD-ROM it is meant Customer Documentation on CD-ROM
Contents creation and production of a CD-ROM
In most cases a CD-ROM contains in read-only eletronic format the documentation of one product-
release(-version) and for a certain languageIn some other cases the same CD-ROM can contain the documentation of different product-release(-ver-
sion)s for a certain language
As a general rule
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Management products do not contain
bull the Installation Guides
bull the documentation of system optional features that Customers could not buy from Alcatel
together with the main applicative SW
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Elements products do not contain
bull the documentation of system optional features (eg System Installation Handbooks related to
racks that Customers could not buy from Alcatel together with the main equipment)
A CD-ROM is obtained collecting various handbooks and documents in pdf format Bookmarks and
hyperlinks make the navigation easier No additional information is added to each handbook so that the
documentation present in the CD-ROMs is exactly the same the Customer would receive on paper
The files processed in this way are added to filesimages for managing purpose and a master CD-ROM
is recorded
Suitable checks are made in order to have a virus-free product
After a complete functional check the CD-ROM image is electronically transferred to the archive of the
Production Department so that the CD-ROM can be produced and delivered to Customers
Use of the CD-ROM
The CD-ROM can be used both in PC and Unix WS environments
The CD-ROM starts automatically with autorun and hyperlinks from the opened ldquoIndex document permit
to visualize the pdf handbooks
Other hyperlinks permit to get from the Technical handbooks the specific pdf setting documents
In order to open the pdf documents Adobe Acrobat Reader Version 40 (minimum) must have been
installed on the platform
The CD-ROM doesnt contain the Adobe Acrobat Reader program The Customer is in charge of getting
and installing it
ReadMe info is present on the CD-ROM to this purpose
Then the Customer is allowed to read the handbooks on the PCWS screen using the navigation and
zooming tools included in the tool and to print selected parts of the documentation through a local printer
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1670
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11466
CD-ROM identification
Each CD-ROM is identified
1) by external identifiers that are printed on the CD-ROM upper surface
ndash the name of the product-release(s) (and version if applicable)
ndash a writing indicating the language(s)
ndash the CD-ROM Part Number) ndash the CD-ROM edition (usually first edition=01)
2) and internally by the list of the source handbooks and documents (PNs and editions) by
whose collection and processing the CD-ROM itself has been created
CD-ROM updating
The list of source handbookdocument PNs-editions indicated in previous para point 2) in association
with the CD-ROMs own PN-edition is also loaded in the Alcatel-Information-System as a structured list
Whenever a new edition of any of such handbooksdocuments is released in the Alcatel archive system
a check in the Alcatel-Information-System is made to identify the list of CD-ROMs that must be updated
to include the new editions of these handbooksdocumentsThis causes the planning and creation of a new edition of the CD-ROM
Updating of CD-ROMs always follows with a certain delay the updating of the single handbooks com-
posing the collection
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1770
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1566
1 Management of enhanced Configuration File
11 File Name
The configuration file for Ethernet switch must be named enhanced_eth_featurepsh
The configuration file for MOD300 board must be named fullConfig_radiopsh
12 File Format
The configuration files are text files (WordPad cannot be used NotePad is suggested) they must be cre-
ated on PC (Windows or Linux or MAC) The content of the configuration file is formed by a list of com-
mands each of them using a different line
It is possible to insert comments in Configuration File
Use at beginning of the line to write a comment inside the Configuration File the comment is private
It is mandatory to insert an additional carriage return as last line of each configuration file
13 Configuration File upload
The configuration files must be uploaded to the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
The configuration files must be put (switch radio or both) in the EC compact flash inside the following
directory
homeadm-lc-ngconfig
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1870
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11666
14 Configuration File Removal
The configuration files can be removed from the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
Browsing the directory the configuration file must be deleted In order to disable all configuration file fea-
tures please refer to paragraph 1718 Simply removing configuration file from Compact Flash doesnt
imply the removal of all features applied by configuration file itself
15 Configuration File update add a new commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time an additional configuration is needed on top of the current features
applied by configuration file (eg one additional VLAN is needed) What is not possible with this procedure
is the complete removal of a specific commandfeature in such case refer to 1718
In order to append a new command on the existing configuration file by FTP client it is necessary to get
from compact flash the current configuration file and using a text editor append all the new commands
needed The edited configuration file must be uploaded again on the compact flash
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
16 Configuration File update remove an existing commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time one command or feature must be deleted
It is necessary to follow the procedure described below
ndash restore the initial configuration of the switch or radio (see 1718)
ndash upload a new configuration file
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
17 Restoring Ethernet switch initial configuration
To restore the initial configuration (the current configuration without any setting resulting from CF) the pro-
cedure includes the following steps
1) By FTP the CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
2) By FTP a specific CF (see below restoring CF) must be uploaded to the flash card
3) By normal procedure the CF must be execute (see 19)
4) By FTP the restoring CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1970
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1766
5) Perform a reset (see 19)
restoring configuration file
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 00500001 0001
end enhanced configuration file
18 Restoring MOD300 initial configuration
For this board is needed apply a specific configuration file for each feature in this case please refer next
chapters
19 How to run enhanced configuration fileConfiguration files must be uploaded in proper directory (see par 13)
In order to run (apply) the configuration files a reset command is needed using one of the following meth-
ods
ndash switch offon
ndash By pshell using reset command (if available)
ndash By CT using NE Restart command
NB A traffic hit may occur during reset command or NE restart up to 120 s
110 SW package activation
Since the SW package activation implies a EC software reset the configuration file will be applied again
no specific operations are required
111 Behavior in Core protection
The configuration file is loaded and applied on Core Spare too The file is uploaded from Core Main com-
pact flash This is the normal behavior in case of Core protection since Core Main and Core Spare are
kept aligned in terms of configuration So as soon as a Core switch occurs the Core becoming active
will have enhanced features already configured
112 Behavior in Radio protection
Regarding the configuration file for MOD300 board the Board Spare is managed as an independent Radio
Board In this case the radio configuration file contains the configuration of both radio cards
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2070
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11866
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2170
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1966
2 Common Assumption
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment
Slot 1 Slot2
Slot 3 Slot 4
Slot 5 Slot 6
Slot 7 Slot 8
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2270
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12066
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2166
3 Features supported through Configuration file
management
A generic feature can be implemented using configuration file The configuration file uses a set of low level
commands provisioning in the proper way different devices of different MPR cards The appropriate com-
mands are written inside a configuration file After an NE reset the configuration file is applied provi-
sioning the Ethernet switch and other devices to implement the desired feature
31 QinQ
To properly configure QinQ feature inside the MPR this procedure should be followed
1) Preliminary configuration
2) TPID setting
3) Port configuration (UNI NNI)
4) S-VLAN definition
5) S-VLAN priority definition
311 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the QinQ capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in 8021D
bridge mode by CTNMS Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be
properly configured by CTNMS
All the service VLANs will be configured by configuration file
discard all traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12266
312 TPID setting
In Q-in-Q bridging mode it is required to define a TPID value The default is 0x8100 The same TPID on
all permitted ports should be used Changing TPID on Radio and PDH ports is forbidden
bcm dtag tpid ltpbmgt ltex valuegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltex valuegt TPID value in hexadecimal
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt outertpidselect 0
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20
NB This command should not be applied if the TPID=0x8100 (since this value of TPID is the default
value)
Command example
bcm dtag tpid ge17 0x9100
bcm vlan port ge17 outertpidselect 0
On user port 1 the TPID will be 0x9100 The outer TPID will be the per port configured TPID
NB The default TPID value in Q-in-Q is 0x8100 changing the TPID with a different value than
0x8100 will imply a traffic hit up to 120 seconds on all MPR interfaces (PDHs radios and user
ports) during every restart condition after the first configuration file appliance
313 Port configurationIn Q-in-Q bridging mode each port must be defined as user to network interface (UNI) or network to net-
work interface (NNI)
bcm dtag mode ltpbmgt lttypegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 and each slot lodging a
MOD300 Radio Board mandatory
bull lttypegt it is the port definition that can be internal for NNI ports or external for UNI ports man-
datory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towardslot where a PDH card is lodged Applying this command toward PDH slots will destroy all the
E1s traffic
All radio ports shall be NNI ports
Command example
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge20 internal
bcm port ltpbmpgt priority=ltngt discard=none
bull ltpbmpgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1170
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 966
Handbook Structure
This handbook has been edited according to the Alcatel-Lucent standardized ldquodrawing-up guides com-
plying with such suggestion
This handbook is divided into the main topics described in the table of contents
PREFACE It contains general information as preliminary information safety
recommendation handbook scope history related documents
Furthermore it describes the handbook structure and the cus-
tomer documentation
Management of enhanced Con-
figuration File
Describes the management of new features possible through con-
figuration file
Common Assumption Describes the Switch to equipment ports assignment
Features supported through Con-figuration file management
Describes features tha can be implemented through configurationfiles and how to implement them
ABBREVIATIONS The abbreviation list is supplied
INDEX Index references are inserted
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION
FEEDBACK
It contains info regarding customer opinions collection about this
document
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1270
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11066
General on Customer Documentation
This paragraph describes in general the AlcatelndashLucent Customer Documentation system details the
association between the product levels and the associated documentation and explains Customer Doc-
umentation characteristics as well as the policies for its delivery and updating
CustomerndashIndependent Standard Customer Documentation
a) Definition
Standard Customer Documentation referred to hereafter must be always meant as plantndashindepen-
dent and is always independent of any Customization
Plantndashdependent andor Customized documentation if envisaged by the contract is subjected to
commercial criteria as far as contents formats and supply conditions are concerned
NB Plantndashdependent and Customized documentation is not described here
b) Aims of standard Customer Documentation
Standard system hardware and software documentation is meant to give the Customer personnel
the possibility and the information necessary for installing commissioning operating and maintain-
ing the equipment according to AlcatelndashLucent Laboratory design and Installation Dept choices Inparticular
bull the contents of the chapters associated to the software applications focus on the explanation
of the manndashmachine interface and of the operating procedures allowed by it
bull maintenance is described down to faulty PCB location and replacement
NB No supply to Customers of design documentation (like PCB hardware design andproduction
documents and files software source programs programming tools etc) is envisaged
Product levels and associated Customer Documentation
a) Products
A ldquoproductrdquo is defined by the network hierarchical level where it can be inserted and by the whole
of performances and services that it is meant forEg 9500 MPR-E is a product
b) Product-releases
A rdquoproductrdquo evolves through successive ldquoproductndashreleasesrdquo which are the real products marketed
for their delivery at a certain rdquoproductndashreleaserdquo availability date A certain rdquoproductndashreleaserdquo performs
more functionalities than the previous one
Eg Rel10 and Rel20 are two successive ldquoproductndashreleasesrdquo of the same ldquoproductrdquo
A ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo comprehends a set of hardware components and at least one ldquoSoftware Pack-
agerdquo (SWP) as a whole they identify the possible network applications and the equipment perfor-
mances that the specific ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo has been designed engineered and marketed for
c) Configurations and Network ElementsIn some cases a ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo includes different possible ldquoconfigurationsrdquo which are distin-
guished from one another by different ldquoNetwork Elementrdquo (NE) types and from the management
point of view by different SWPs
d) SWP releases versions and CDndashROMs
bull Each SWP is distributed by means of a specific SWP CDndashROM
bull A SWP is identified by its ldquoDenominationrdquo ldquoPNrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo (Change Status) that
are printed on the CDndashROMrsquos label
ndash the first and second digits of the ldquoDenominationrdquo (eg 20) correspond to the ldquoHW productndash
releaserdquo number
ndash the third digit of the of the ldquoDenominationrdquo (eg 202) identifies the Version Level of the
SWP
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1370
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1166
bull A SWP with new Version Level providing main features in addition to those of the previous Ver-
sion Level SWP is distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM having new ldquoDenominationrdquoldquoP
Nrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
bull A SWP patch version if any is created to correct SW bugs andor to add minor features andis
distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM that can be identified
ndash by the same ldquoPNrdquo of the former CDndashROM but with an incremented ldquoCSrdquo number
(egCS=02 instead of previous CS=01) ndash or by a new ldquoPNrdquo and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
Handbook Updating
The handbooks associated to the product-release are listed in ldquordquo on page 8
Each handbook is identified by
ndash the name of the productndashrelease (and version when the handbook is applicable to the versions
starting from it but not to the previous ones)
ndash the handbook name
ndash the handbook Part Number
ndash the handbook edition (usually first edition=01)
ndash the handbook issue date The date on the handbook does not refer to the date of print but to the date
on which the handbook source file has been completed and released for the production
Changes introduced in the same productndashrelease (same handbook PN)
The edition and date of issue might change on future handbook versions for the following reasons
ndash only the date changes (pointed out in the Table of Contents) when modifications are made to the edi-
torial system not changing the technical contents of the handbook
ndash the edition hence the date is changed because modifications made concern technical contents In
this case
bull the changes with respect to the previous edition are listed in History on page 8
bull in affected chapters revision bars on the left of the page indicate modifications in text and draw-
ings
Changes concerning the technical contents of the handbook cause the edition number increase (eg from
Ed01 to Ed02) Slight changes (eg for corrections) maintain the same edition but with the addition of
a version character (eg from Ed02 to Ed02A) Version character can be used for draft or proposal edi-
tions
NOTES FOR HANDBOOKS RELEVANT TO SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS
Handbooks relevant to software applications (typically the Operators Handbooks)
are not modified unless the new software version distributed to Customersimplies man-machine interface changes or in case of slight modifications not
affecting the understanding of the explained procedures
Moreover should the screen prints included in the handbook contain the productndashreleases
version marking they are not replaced in the handbooks related to a subsequent version if
the screen contents are unchanged
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers who have already received previous issues is submitted to
commercial criteria
By updated handbook delivery it is meant the supply of a complete copy of the handbook new issue (sup-plying errata-corrige sheets is not envisaged)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1470
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11266
Changes due to new product version
A new product version changes the handbook PN and the edition starts from 01
In this case the modified parts of the handbook are not listed
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1570
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1366
Customer documentation on CD-ROM
In the following by CD-ROM it is meant Customer Documentation on CD-ROM
Contents creation and production of a CD-ROM
In most cases a CD-ROM contains in read-only eletronic format the documentation of one product-
release(-version) and for a certain languageIn some other cases the same CD-ROM can contain the documentation of different product-release(-ver-
sion)s for a certain language
As a general rule
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Management products do not contain
bull the Installation Guides
bull the documentation of system optional features that Customers could not buy from Alcatel
together with the main applicative SW
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Elements products do not contain
bull the documentation of system optional features (eg System Installation Handbooks related to
racks that Customers could not buy from Alcatel together with the main equipment)
A CD-ROM is obtained collecting various handbooks and documents in pdf format Bookmarks and
hyperlinks make the navigation easier No additional information is added to each handbook so that the
documentation present in the CD-ROMs is exactly the same the Customer would receive on paper
The files processed in this way are added to filesimages for managing purpose and a master CD-ROM
is recorded
Suitable checks are made in order to have a virus-free product
After a complete functional check the CD-ROM image is electronically transferred to the archive of the
Production Department so that the CD-ROM can be produced and delivered to Customers
Use of the CD-ROM
The CD-ROM can be used both in PC and Unix WS environments
The CD-ROM starts automatically with autorun and hyperlinks from the opened ldquoIndex document permit
to visualize the pdf handbooks
Other hyperlinks permit to get from the Technical handbooks the specific pdf setting documents
In order to open the pdf documents Adobe Acrobat Reader Version 40 (minimum) must have been
installed on the platform
The CD-ROM doesnt contain the Adobe Acrobat Reader program The Customer is in charge of getting
and installing it
ReadMe info is present on the CD-ROM to this purpose
Then the Customer is allowed to read the handbooks on the PCWS screen using the navigation and
zooming tools included in the tool and to print selected parts of the documentation through a local printer
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1670
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11466
CD-ROM identification
Each CD-ROM is identified
1) by external identifiers that are printed on the CD-ROM upper surface
ndash the name of the product-release(s) (and version if applicable)
ndash a writing indicating the language(s)
ndash the CD-ROM Part Number) ndash the CD-ROM edition (usually first edition=01)
2) and internally by the list of the source handbooks and documents (PNs and editions) by
whose collection and processing the CD-ROM itself has been created
CD-ROM updating
The list of source handbookdocument PNs-editions indicated in previous para point 2) in association
with the CD-ROMs own PN-edition is also loaded in the Alcatel-Information-System as a structured list
Whenever a new edition of any of such handbooksdocuments is released in the Alcatel archive system
a check in the Alcatel-Information-System is made to identify the list of CD-ROMs that must be updated
to include the new editions of these handbooksdocumentsThis causes the planning and creation of a new edition of the CD-ROM
Updating of CD-ROMs always follows with a certain delay the updating of the single handbooks com-
posing the collection
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1770
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1566
1 Management of enhanced Configuration File
11 File Name
The configuration file for Ethernet switch must be named enhanced_eth_featurepsh
The configuration file for MOD300 board must be named fullConfig_radiopsh
12 File Format
The configuration files are text files (WordPad cannot be used NotePad is suggested) they must be cre-
ated on PC (Windows or Linux or MAC) The content of the configuration file is formed by a list of com-
mands each of them using a different line
It is possible to insert comments in Configuration File
Use at beginning of the line to write a comment inside the Configuration File the comment is private
It is mandatory to insert an additional carriage return as last line of each configuration file
13 Configuration File upload
The configuration files must be uploaded to the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
The configuration files must be put (switch radio or both) in the EC compact flash inside the following
directory
homeadm-lc-ngconfig
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1870
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11666
14 Configuration File Removal
The configuration files can be removed from the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
Browsing the directory the configuration file must be deleted In order to disable all configuration file fea-
tures please refer to paragraph 1718 Simply removing configuration file from Compact Flash doesnt
imply the removal of all features applied by configuration file itself
15 Configuration File update add a new commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time an additional configuration is needed on top of the current features
applied by configuration file (eg one additional VLAN is needed) What is not possible with this procedure
is the complete removal of a specific commandfeature in such case refer to 1718
In order to append a new command on the existing configuration file by FTP client it is necessary to get
from compact flash the current configuration file and using a text editor append all the new commands
needed The edited configuration file must be uploaded again on the compact flash
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
16 Configuration File update remove an existing commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time one command or feature must be deleted
It is necessary to follow the procedure described below
ndash restore the initial configuration of the switch or radio (see 1718)
ndash upload a new configuration file
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
17 Restoring Ethernet switch initial configuration
To restore the initial configuration (the current configuration without any setting resulting from CF) the pro-
cedure includes the following steps
1) By FTP the CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
2) By FTP a specific CF (see below restoring CF) must be uploaded to the flash card
3) By normal procedure the CF must be execute (see 19)
4) By FTP the restoring CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1970
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1766
5) Perform a reset (see 19)
restoring configuration file
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 00500001 0001
end enhanced configuration file
18 Restoring MOD300 initial configuration
For this board is needed apply a specific configuration file for each feature in this case please refer next
chapters
19 How to run enhanced configuration fileConfiguration files must be uploaded in proper directory (see par 13)
In order to run (apply) the configuration files a reset command is needed using one of the following meth-
ods
ndash switch offon
ndash By pshell using reset command (if available)
ndash By CT using NE Restart command
NB A traffic hit may occur during reset command or NE restart up to 120 s
110 SW package activation
Since the SW package activation implies a EC software reset the configuration file will be applied again
no specific operations are required
111 Behavior in Core protection
The configuration file is loaded and applied on Core Spare too The file is uploaded from Core Main com-
pact flash This is the normal behavior in case of Core protection since Core Main and Core Spare are
kept aligned in terms of configuration So as soon as a Core switch occurs the Core becoming active
will have enhanced features already configured
112 Behavior in Radio protection
Regarding the configuration file for MOD300 board the Board Spare is managed as an independent Radio
Board In this case the radio configuration file contains the configuration of both radio cards
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2070
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11866
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2170
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1966
2 Common Assumption
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment
Slot 1 Slot2
Slot 3 Slot 4
Slot 5 Slot 6
Slot 7 Slot 8
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2270
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12066
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2166
3 Features supported through Configuration file
management
A generic feature can be implemented using configuration file The configuration file uses a set of low level
commands provisioning in the proper way different devices of different MPR cards The appropriate com-
mands are written inside a configuration file After an NE reset the configuration file is applied provi-
sioning the Ethernet switch and other devices to implement the desired feature
31 QinQ
To properly configure QinQ feature inside the MPR this procedure should be followed
1) Preliminary configuration
2) TPID setting
3) Port configuration (UNI NNI)
4) S-VLAN definition
5) S-VLAN priority definition
311 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the QinQ capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in 8021D
bridge mode by CTNMS Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be
properly configured by CTNMS
All the service VLANs will be configured by configuration file
discard all traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12266
312 TPID setting
In Q-in-Q bridging mode it is required to define a TPID value The default is 0x8100 The same TPID on
all permitted ports should be used Changing TPID on Radio and PDH ports is forbidden
bcm dtag tpid ltpbmgt ltex valuegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltex valuegt TPID value in hexadecimal
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt outertpidselect 0
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20
NB This command should not be applied if the TPID=0x8100 (since this value of TPID is the default
value)
Command example
bcm dtag tpid ge17 0x9100
bcm vlan port ge17 outertpidselect 0
On user port 1 the TPID will be 0x9100 The outer TPID will be the per port configured TPID
NB The default TPID value in Q-in-Q is 0x8100 changing the TPID with a different value than
0x8100 will imply a traffic hit up to 120 seconds on all MPR interfaces (PDHs radios and user
ports) during every restart condition after the first configuration file appliance
313 Port configurationIn Q-in-Q bridging mode each port must be defined as user to network interface (UNI) or network to net-
work interface (NNI)
bcm dtag mode ltpbmgt lttypegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 and each slot lodging a
MOD300 Radio Board mandatory
bull lttypegt it is the port definition that can be internal for NNI ports or external for UNI ports man-
datory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towardslot where a PDH card is lodged Applying this command toward PDH slots will destroy all the
E1s traffic
All radio ports shall be NNI ports
Command example
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge20 internal
bcm port ltpbmpgt priority=ltngt discard=none
bull ltpbmpgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1270
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11066
General on Customer Documentation
This paragraph describes in general the AlcatelndashLucent Customer Documentation system details the
association between the product levels and the associated documentation and explains Customer Doc-
umentation characteristics as well as the policies for its delivery and updating
CustomerndashIndependent Standard Customer Documentation
a) Definition
Standard Customer Documentation referred to hereafter must be always meant as plantndashindepen-
dent and is always independent of any Customization
Plantndashdependent andor Customized documentation if envisaged by the contract is subjected to
commercial criteria as far as contents formats and supply conditions are concerned
NB Plantndashdependent and Customized documentation is not described here
b) Aims of standard Customer Documentation
Standard system hardware and software documentation is meant to give the Customer personnel
the possibility and the information necessary for installing commissioning operating and maintain-
ing the equipment according to AlcatelndashLucent Laboratory design and Installation Dept choices Inparticular
bull the contents of the chapters associated to the software applications focus on the explanation
of the manndashmachine interface and of the operating procedures allowed by it
bull maintenance is described down to faulty PCB location and replacement
NB No supply to Customers of design documentation (like PCB hardware design andproduction
documents and files software source programs programming tools etc) is envisaged
Product levels and associated Customer Documentation
a) Products
A ldquoproductrdquo is defined by the network hierarchical level where it can be inserted and by the whole
of performances and services that it is meant forEg 9500 MPR-E is a product
b) Product-releases
A rdquoproductrdquo evolves through successive ldquoproductndashreleasesrdquo which are the real products marketed
for their delivery at a certain rdquoproductndashreleaserdquo availability date A certain rdquoproductndashreleaserdquo performs
more functionalities than the previous one
Eg Rel10 and Rel20 are two successive ldquoproductndashreleasesrdquo of the same ldquoproductrdquo
A ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo comprehends a set of hardware components and at least one ldquoSoftware Pack-
agerdquo (SWP) as a whole they identify the possible network applications and the equipment perfor-
mances that the specific ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo has been designed engineered and marketed for
c) Configurations and Network ElementsIn some cases a ldquoproductndashreleaserdquo includes different possible ldquoconfigurationsrdquo which are distin-
guished from one another by different ldquoNetwork Elementrdquo (NE) types and from the management
point of view by different SWPs
d) SWP releases versions and CDndashROMs
bull Each SWP is distributed by means of a specific SWP CDndashROM
bull A SWP is identified by its ldquoDenominationrdquo ldquoPNrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo (Change Status) that
are printed on the CDndashROMrsquos label
ndash the first and second digits of the ldquoDenominationrdquo (eg 20) correspond to the ldquoHW productndash
releaserdquo number
ndash the third digit of the of the ldquoDenominationrdquo (eg 202) identifies the Version Level of the
SWP
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1370
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1166
bull A SWP with new Version Level providing main features in addition to those of the previous Ver-
sion Level SWP is distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM having new ldquoDenominationrdquoldquoP
Nrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
bull A SWP patch version if any is created to correct SW bugs andor to add minor features andis
distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM that can be identified
ndash by the same ldquoPNrdquo of the former CDndashROM but with an incremented ldquoCSrdquo number
(egCS=02 instead of previous CS=01) ndash or by a new ldquoPNrdquo and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
Handbook Updating
The handbooks associated to the product-release are listed in ldquordquo on page 8
Each handbook is identified by
ndash the name of the productndashrelease (and version when the handbook is applicable to the versions
starting from it but not to the previous ones)
ndash the handbook name
ndash the handbook Part Number
ndash the handbook edition (usually first edition=01)
ndash the handbook issue date The date on the handbook does not refer to the date of print but to the date
on which the handbook source file has been completed and released for the production
Changes introduced in the same productndashrelease (same handbook PN)
The edition and date of issue might change on future handbook versions for the following reasons
ndash only the date changes (pointed out in the Table of Contents) when modifications are made to the edi-
torial system not changing the technical contents of the handbook
ndash the edition hence the date is changed because modifications made concern technical contents In
this case
bull the changes with respect to the previous edition are listed in History on page 8
bull in affected chapters revision bars on the left of the page indicate modifications in text and draw-
ings
Changes concerning the technical contents of the handbook cause the edition number increase (eg from
Ed01 to Ed02) Slight changes (eg for corrections) maintain the same edition but with the addition of
a version character (eg from Ed02 to Ed02A) Version character can be used for draft or proposal edi-
tions
NOTES FOR HANDBOOKS RELEVANT TO SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS
Handbooks relevant to software applications (typically the Operators Handbooks)
are not modified unless the new software version distributed to Customersimplies man-machine interface changes or in case of slight modifications not
affecting the understanding of the explained procedures
Moreover should the screen prints included in the handbook contain the productndashreleases
version marking they are not replaced in the handbooks related to a subsequent version if
the screen contents are unchanged
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers who have already received previous issues is submitted to
commercial criteria
By updated handbook delivery it is meant the supply of a complete copy of the handbook new issue (sup-plying errata-corrige sheets is not envisaged)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1470
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11266
Changes due to new product version
A new product version changes the handbook PN and the edition starts from 01
In this case the modified parts of the handbook are not listed
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1570
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1366
Customer documentation on CD-ROM
In the following by CD-ROM it is meant Customer Documentation on CD-ROM
Contents creation and production of a CD-ROM
In most cases a CD-ROM contains in read-only eletronic format the documentation of one product-
release(-version) and for a certain languageIn some other cases the same CD-ROM can contain the documentation of different product-release(-ver-
sion)s for a certain language
As a general rule
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Management products do not contain
bull the Installation Guides
bull the documentation of system optional features that Customers could not buy from Alcatel
together with the main applicative SW
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Elements products do not contain
bull the documentation of system optional features (eg System Installation Handbooks related to
racks that Customers could not buy from Alcatel together with the main equipment)
A CD-ROM is obtained collecting various handbooks and documents in pdf format Bookmarks and
hyperlinks make the navigation easier No additional information is added to each handbook so that the
documentation present in the CD-ROMs is exactly the same the Customer would receive on paper
The files processed in this way are added to filesimages for managing purpose and a master CD-ROM
is recorded
Suitable checks are made in order to have a virus-free product
After a complete functional check the CD-ROM image is electronically transferred to the archive of the
Production Department so that the CD-ROM can be produced and delivered to Customers
Use of the CD-ROM
The CD-ROM can be used both in PC and Unix WS environments
The CD-ROM starts automatically with autorun and hyperlinks from the opened ldquoIndex document permit
to visualize the pdf handbooks
Other hyperlinks permit to get from the Technical handbooks the specific pdf setting documents
In order to open the pdf documents Adobe Acrobat Reader Version 40 (minimum) must have been
installed on the platform
The CD-ROM doesnt contain the Adobe Acrobat Reader program The Customer is in charge of getting
and installing it
ReadMe info is present on the CD-ROM to this purpose
Then the Customer is allowed to read the handbooks on the PCWS screen using the navigation and
zooming tools included in the tool and to print selected parts of the documentation through a local printer
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1670
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11466
CD-ROM identification
Each CD-ROM is identified
1) by external identifiers that are printed on the CD-ROM upper surface
ndash the name of the product-release(s) (and version if applicable)
ndash a writing indicating the language(s)
ndash the CD-ROM Part Number) ndash the CD-ROM edition (usually first edition=01)
2) and internally by the list of the source handbooks and documents (PNs and editions) by
whose collection and processing the CD-ROM itself has been created
CD-ROM updating
The list of source handbookdocument PNs-editions indicated in previous para point 2) in association
with the CD-ROMs own PN-edition is also loaded in the Alcatel-Information-System as a structured list
Whenever a new edition of any of such handbooksdocuments is released in the Alcatel archive system
a check in the Alcatel-Information-System is made to identify the list of CD-ROMs that must be updated
to include the new editions of these handbooksdocumentsThis causes the planning and creation of a new edition of the CD-ROM
Updating of CD-ROMs always follows with a certain delay the updating of the single handbooks com-
posing the collection
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1770
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1566
1 Management of enhanced Configuration File
11 File Name
The configuration file for Ethernet switch must be named enhanced_eth_featurepsh
The configuration file for MOD300 board must be named fullConfig_radiopsh
12 File Format
The configuration files are text files (WordPad cannot be used NotePad is suggested) they must be cre-
ated on PC (Windows or Linux or MAC) The content of the configuration file is formed by a list of com-
mands each of them using a different line
It is possible to insert comments in Configuration File
Use at beginning of the line to write a comment inside the Configuration File the comment is private
It is mandatory to insert an additional carriage return as last line of each configuration file
13 Configuration File upload
The configuration files must be uploaded to the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
The configuration files must be put (switch radio or both) in the EC compact flash inside the following
directory
homeadm-lc-ngconfig
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1870
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11666
14 Configuration File Removal
The configuration files can be removed from the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
Browsing the directory the configuration file must be deleted In order to disable all configuration file fea-
tures please refer to paragraph 1718 Simply removing configuration file from Compact Flash doesnt
imply the removal of all features applied by configuration file itself
15 Configuration File update add a new commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time an additional configuration is needed on top of the current features
applied by configuration file (eg one additional VLAN is needed) What is not possible with this procedure
is the complete removal of a specific commandfeature in such case refer to 1718
In order to append a new command on the existing configuration file by FTP client it is necessary to get
from compact flash the current configuration file and using a text editor append all the new commands
needed The edited configuration file must be uploaded again on the compact flash
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
16 Configuration File update remove an existing commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time one command or feature must be deleted
It is necessary to follow the procedure described below
ndash restore the initial configuration of the switch or radio (see 1718)
ndash upload a new configuration file
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
17 Restoring Ethernet switch initial configuration
To restore the initial configuration (the current configuration without any setting resulting from CF) the pro-
cedure includes the following steps
1) By FTP the CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
2) By FTP a specific CF (see below restoring CF) must be uploaded to the flash card
3) By normal procedure the CF must be execute (see 19)
4) By FTP the restoring CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1970
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1766
5) Perform a reset (see 19)
restoring configuration file
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 00500001 0001
end enhanced configuration file
18 Restoring MOD300 initial configuration
For this board is needed apply a specific configuration file for each feature in this case please refer next
chapters
19 How to run enhanced configuration fileConfiguration files must be uploaded in proper directory (see par 13)
In order to run (apply) the configuration files a reset command is needed using one of the following meth-
ods
ndash switch offon
ndash By pshell using reset command (if available)
ndash By CT using NE Restart command
NB A traffic hit may occur during reset command or NE restart up to 120 s
110 SW package activation
Since the SW package activation implies a EC software reset the configuration file will be applied again
no specific operations are required
111 Behavior in Core protection
The configuration file is loaded and applied on Core Spare too The file is uploaded from Core Main com-
pact flash This is the normal behavior in case of Core protection since Core Main and Core Spare are
kept aligned in terms of configuration So as soon as a Core switch occurs the Core becoming active
will have enhanced features already configured
112 Behavior in Radio protection
Regarding the configuration file for MOD300 board the Board Spare is managed as an independent Radio
Board In this case the radio configuration file contains the configuration of both radio cards
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2070
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11866
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2170
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1966
2 Common Assumption
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment
Slot 1 Slot2
Slot 3 Slot 4
Slot 5 Slot 6
Slot 7 Slot 8
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2270
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12066
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2166
3 Features supported through Configuration file
management
A generic feature can be implemented using configuration file The configuration file uses a set of low level
commands provisioning in the proper way different devices of different MPR cards The appropriate com-
mands are written inside a configuration file After an NE reset the configuration file is applied provi-
sioning the Ethernet switch and other devices to implement the desired feature
31 QinQ
To properly configure QinQ feature inside the MPR this procedure should be followed
1) Preliminary configuration
2) TPID setting
3) Port configuration (UNI NNI)
4) S-VLAN definition
5) S-VLAN priority definition
311 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the QinQ capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in 8021D
bridge mode by CTNMS Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be
properly configured by CTNMS
All the service VLANs will be configured by configuration file
discard all traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12266
312 TPID setting
In Q-in-Q bridging mode it is required to define a TPID value The default is 0x8100 The same TPID on
all permitted ports should be used Changing TPID on Radio and PDH ports is forbidden
bcm dtag tpid ltpbmgt ltex valuegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltex valuegt TPID value in hexadecimal
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt outertpidselect 0
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20
NB This command should not be applied if the TPID=0x8100 (since this value of TPID is the default
value)
Command example
bcm dtag tpid ge17 0x9100
bcm vlan port ge17 outertpidselect 0
On user port 1 the TPID will be 0x9100 The outer TPID will be the per port configured TPID
NB The default TPID value in Q-in-Q is 0x8100 changing the TPID with a different value than
0x8100 will imply a traffic hit up to 120 seconds on all MPR interfaces (PDHs radios and user
ports) during every restart condition after the first configuration file appliance
313 Port configurationIn Q-in-Q bridging mode each port must be defined as user to network interface (UNI) or network to net-
work interface (NNI)
bcm dtag mode ltpbmgt lttypegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 and each slot lodging a
MOD300 Radio Board mandatory
bull lttypegt it is the port definition that can be internal for NNI ports or external for UNI ports man-
datory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towardslot where a PDH card is lodged Applying this command toward PDH slots will destroy all the
E1s traffic
All radio ports shall be NNI ports
Command example
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge20 internal
bcm port ltpbmpgt priority=ltngt discard=none
bull ltpbmpgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1370
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1166
bull A SWP with new Version Level providing main features in addition to those of the previous Ver-
sion Level SWP is distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM having new ldquoDenominationrdquoldquoP
Nrdquo (Part Number) and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
bull A SWP patch version if any is created to correct SW bugs andor to add minor features andis
distributed by means of a SWP CDndashROM that can be identified
ndash by the same ldquoPNrdquo of the former CDndashROM but with an incremented ldquoCSrdquo number
(egCS=02 instead of previous CS=01) ndash or by a new ldquoPNrdquo and ldquoCSrdquo restarting from 01
Handbook Updating
The handbooks associated to the product-release are listed in ldquordquo on page 8
Each handbook is identified by
ndash the name of the productndashrelease (and version when the handbook is applicable to the versions
starting from it but not to the previous ones)
ndash the handbook name
ndash the handbook Part Number
ndash the handbook edition (usually first edition=01)
ndash the handbook issue date The date on the handbook does not refer to the date of print but to the date
on which the handbook source file has been completed and released for the production
Changes introduced in the same productndashrelease (same handbook PN)
The edition and date of issue might change on future handbook versions for the following reasons
ndash only the date changes (pointed out in the Table of Contents) when modifications are made to the edi-
torial system not changing the technical contents of the handbook
ndash the edition hence the date is changed because modifications made concern technical contents In
this case
bull the changes with respect to the previous edition are listed in History on page 8
bull in affected chapters revision bars on the left of the page indicate modifications in text and draw-
ings
Changes concerning the technical contents of the handbook cause the edition number increase (eg from
Ed01 to Ed02) Slight changes (eg for corrections) maintain the same edition but with the addition of
a version character (eg from Ed02 to Ed02A) Version character can be used for draft or proposal edi-
tions
NOTES FOR HANDBOOKS RELEVANT TO SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS
Handbooks relevant to software applications (typically the Operators Handbooks)
are not modified unless the new software version distributed to Customersimplies man-machine interface changes or in case of slight modifications not
affecting the understanding of the explained procedures
Moreover should the screen prints included in the handbook contain the productndashreleases
version marking they are not replaced in the handbooks related to a subsequent version if
the screen contents are unchanged
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers who have already received previous issues is submitted to
commercial criteria
By updated handbook delivery it is meant the supply of a complete copy of the handbook new issue (sup-plying errata-corrige sheets is not envisaged)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1470
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11266
Changes due to new product version
A new product version changes the handbook PN and the edition starts from 01
In this case the modified parts of the handbook are not listed
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1570
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1366
Customer documentation on CD-ROM
In the following by CD-ROM it is meant Customer Documentation on CD-ROM
Contents creation and production of a CD-ROM
In most cases a CD-ROM contains in read-only eletronic format the documentation of one product-
release(-version) and for a certain languageIn some other cases the same CD-ROM can contain the documentation of different product-release(-ver-
sion)s for a certain language
As a general rule
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Management products do not contain
bull the Installation Guides
bull the documentation of system optional features that Customers could not buy from Alcatel
together with the main applicative SW
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Elements products do not contain
bull the documentation of system optional features (eg System Installation Handbooks related to
racks that Customers could not buy from Alcatel together with the main equipment)
A CD-ROM is obtained collecting various handbooks and documents in pdf format Bookmarks and
hyperlinks make the navigation easier No additional information is added to each handbook so that the
documentation present in the CD-ROMs is exactly the same the Customer would receive on paper
The files processed in this way are added to filesimages for managing purpose and a master CD-ROM
is recorded
Suitable checks are made in order to have a virus-free product
After a complete functional check the CD-ROM image is electronically transferred to the archive of the
Production Department so that the CD-ROM can be produced and delivered to Customers
Use of the CD-ROM
The CD-ROM can be used both in PC and Unix WS environments
The CD-ROM starts automatically with autorun and hyperlinks from the opened ldquoIndex document permit
to visualize the pdf handbooks
Other hyperlinks permit to get from the Technical handbooks the specific pdf setting documents
In order to open the pdf documents Adobe Acrobat Reader Version 40 (minimum) must have been
installed on the platform
The CD-ROM doesnt contain the Adobe Acrobat Reader program The Customer is in charge of getting
and installing it
ReadMe info is present on the CD-ROM to this purpose
Then the Customer is allowed to read the handbooks on the PCWS screen using the navigation and
zooming tools included in the tool and to print selected parts of the documentation through a local printer
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1670
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11466
CD-ROM identification
Each CD-ROM is identified
1) by external identifiers that are printed on the CD-ROM upper surface
ndash the name of the product-release(s) (and version if applicable)
ndash a writing indicating the language(s)
ndash the CD-ROM Part Number) ndash the CD-ROM edition (usually first edition=01)
2) and internally by the list of the source handbooks and documents (PNs and editions) by
whose collection and processing the CD-ROM itself has been created
CD-ROM updating
The list of source handbookdocument PNs-editions indicated in previous para point 2) in association
with the CD-ROMs own PN-edition is also loaded in the Alcatel-Information-System as a structured list
Whenever a new edition of any of such handbooksdocuments is released in the Alcatel archive system
a check in the Alcatel-Information-System is made to identify the list of CD-ROMs that must be updated
to include the new editions of these handbooksdocumentsThis causes the planning and creation of a new edition of the CD-ROM
Updating of CD-ROMs always follows with a certain delay the updating of the single handbooks com-
posing the collection
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1770
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1566
1 Management of enhanced Configuration File
11 File Name
The configuration file for Ethernet switch must be named enhanced_eth_featurepsh
The configuration file for MOD300 board must be named fullConfig_radiopsh
12 File Format
The configuration files are text files (WordPad cannot be used NotePad is suggested) they must be cre-
ated on PC (Windows or Linux or MAC) The content of the configuration file is formed by a list of com-
mands each of them using a different line
It is possible to insert comments in Configuration File
Use at beginning of the line to write a comment inside the Configuration File the comment is private
It is mandatory to insert an additional carriage return as last line of each configuration file
13 Configuration File upload
The configuration files must be uploaded to the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
The configuration files must be put (switch radio or both) in the EC compact flash inside the following
directory
homeadm-lc-ngconfig
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1870
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11666
14 Configuration File Removal
The configuration files can be removed from the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
Browsing the directory the configuration file must be deleted In order to disable all configuration file fea-
tures please refer to paragraph 1718 Simply removing configuration file from Compact Flash doesnt
imply the removal of all features applied by configuration file itself
15 Configuration File update add a new commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time an additional configuration is needed on top of the current features
applied by configuration file (eg one additional VLAN is needed) What is not possible with this procedure
is the complete removal of a specific commandfeature in such case refer to 1718
In order to append a new command on the existing configuration file by FTP client it is necessary to get
from compact flash the current configuration file and using a text editor append all the new commands
needed The edited configuration file must be uploaded again on the compact flash
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
16 Configuration File update remove an existing commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time one command or feature must be deleted
It is necessary to follow the procedure described below
ndash restore the initial configuration of the switch or radio (see 1718)
ndash upload a new configuration file
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
17 Restoring Ethernet switch initial configuration
To restore the initial configuration (the current configuration without any setting resulting from CF) the pro-
cedure includes the following steps
1) By FTP the CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
2) By FTP a specific CF (see below restoring CF) must be uploaded to the flash card
3) By normal procedure the CF must be execute (see 19)
4) By FTP the restoring CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1970
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1766
5) Perform a reset (see 19)
restoring configuration file
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 00500001 0001
end enhanced configuration file
18 Restoring MOD300 initial configuration
For this board is needed apply a specific configuration file for each feature in this case please refer next
chapters
19 How to run enhanced configuration fileConfiguration files must be uploaded in proper directory (see par 13)
In order to run (apply) the configuration files a reset command is needed using one of the following meth-
ods
ndash switch offon
ndash By pshell using reset command (if available)
ndash By CT using NE Restart command
NB A traffic hit may occur during reset command or NE restart up to 120 s
110 SW package activation
Since the SW package activation implies a EC software reset the configuration file will be applied again
no specific operations are required
111 Behavior in Core protection
The configuration file is loaded and applied on Core Spare too The file is uploaded from Core Main com-
pact flash This is the normal behavior in case of Core protection since Core Main and Core Spare are
kept aligned in terms of configuration So as soon as a Core switch occurs the Core becoming active
will have enhanced features already configured
112 Behavior in Radio protection
Regarding the configuration file for MOD300 board the Board Spare is managed as an independent Radio
Board In this case the radio configuration file contains the configuration of both radio cards
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2070
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11866
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2170
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1966
2 Common Assumption
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment
Slot 1 Slot2
Slot 3 Slot 4
Slot 5 Slot 6
Slot 7 Slot 8
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2270
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12066
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2166
3 Features supported through Configuration file
management
A generic feature can be implemented using configuration file The configuration file uses a set of low level
commands provisioning in the proper way different devices of different MPR cards The appropriate com-
mands are written inside a configuration file After an NE reset the configuration file is applied provi-
sioning the Ethernet switch and other devices to implement the desired feature
31 QinQ
To properly configure QinQ feature inside the MPR this procedure should be followed
1) Preliminary configuration
2) TPID setting
3) Port configuration (UNI NNI)
4) S-VLAN definition
5) S-VLAN priority definition
311 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the QinQ capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in 8021D
bridge mode by CTNMS Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be
properly configured by CTNMS
All the service VLANs will be configured by configuration file
discard all traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12266
312 TPID setting
In Q-in-Q bridging mode it is required to define a TPID value The default is 0x8100 The same TPID on
all permitted ports should be used Changing TPID on Radio and PDH ports is forbidden
bcm dtag tpid ltpbmgt ltex valuegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltex valuegt TPID value in hexadecimal
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt outertpidselect 0
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20
NB This command should not be applied if the TPID=0x8100 (since this value of TPID is the default
value)
Command example
bcm dtag tpid ge17 0x9100
bcm vlan port ge17 outertpidselect 0
On user port 1 the TPID will be 0x9100 The outer TPID will be the per port configured TPID
NB The default TPID value in Q-in-Q is 0x8100 changing the TPID with a different value than
0x8100 will imply a traffic hit up to 120 seconds on all MPR interfaces (PDHs radios and user
ports) during every restart condition after the first configuration file appliance
313 Port configurationIn Q-in-Q bridging mode each port must be defined as user to network interface (UNI) or network to net-
work interface (NNI)
bcm dtag mode ltpbmgt lttypegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 and each slot lodging a
MOD300 Radio Board mandatory
bull lttypegt it is the port definition that can be internal for NNI ports or external for UNI ports man-
datory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towardslot where a PDH card is lodged Applying this command toward PDH slots will destroy all the
E1s traffic
All radio ports shall be NNI ports
Command example
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge20 internal
bcm port ltpbmpgt priority=ltngt discard=none
bull ltpbmpgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1470
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11266
Changes due to new product version
A new product version changes the handbook PN and the edition starts from 01
In this case the modified parts of the handbook are not listed
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1570
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1366
Customer documentation on CD-ROM
In the following by CD-ROM it is meant Customer Documentation on CD-ROM
Contents creation and production of a CD-ROM
In most cases a CD-ROM contains in read-only eletronic format the documentation of one product-
release(-version) and for a certain languageIn some other cases the same CD-ROM can contain the documentation of different product-release(-ver-
sion)s for a certain language
As a general rule
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Management products do not contain
bull the Installation Guides
bull the documentation of system optional features that Customers could not buy from Alcatel
together with the main applicative SW
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Elements products do not contain
bull the documentation of system optional features (eg System Installation Handbooks related to
racks that Customers could not buy from Alcatel together with the main equipment)
A CD-ROM is obtained collecting various handbooks and documents in pdf format Bookmarks and
hyperlinks make the navigation easier No additional information is added to each handbook so that the
documentation present in the CD-ROMs is exactly the same the Customer would receive on paper
The files processed in this way are added to filesimages for managing purpose and a master CD-ROM
is recorded
Suitable checks are made in order to have a virus-free product
After a complete functional check the CD-ROM image is electronically transferred to the archive of the
Production Department so that the CD-ROM can be produced and delivered to Customers
Use of the CD-ROM
The CD-ROM can be used both in PC and Unix WS environments
The CD-ROM starts automatically with autorun and hyperlinks from the opened ldquoIndex document permit
to visualize the pdf handbooks
Other hyperlinks permit to get from the Technical handbooks the specific pdf setting documents
In order to open the pdf documents Adobe Acrobat Reader Version 40 (minimum) must have been
installed on the platform
The CD-ROM doesnt contain the Adobe Acrobat Reader program The Customer is in charge of getting
and installing it
ReadMe info is present on the CD-ROM to this purpose
Then the Customer is allowed to read the handbooks on the PCWS screen using the navigation and
zooming tools included in the tool and to print selected parts of the documentation through a local printer
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1670
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11466
CD-ROM identification
Each CD-ROM is identified
1) by external identifiers that are printed on the CD-ROM upper surface
ndash the name of the product-release(s) (and version if applicable)
ndash a writing indicating the language(s)
ndash the CD-ROM Part Number) ndash the CD-ROM edition (usually first edition=01)
2) and internally by the list of the source handbooks and documents (PNs and editions) by
whose collection and processing the CD-ROM itself has been created
CD-ROM updating
The list of source handbookdocument PNs-editions indicated in previous para point 2) in association
with the CD-ROMs own PN-edition is also loaded in the Alcatel-Information-System as a structured list
Whenever a new edition of any of such handbooksdocuments is released in the Alcatel archive system
a check in the Alcatel-Information-System is made to identify the list of CD-ROMs that must be updated
to include the new editions of these handbooksdocumentsThis causes the planning and creation of a new edition of the CD-ROM
Updating of CD-ROMs always follows with a certain delay the updating of the single handbooks com-
posing the collection
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1770
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1566
1 Management of enhanced Configuration File
11 File Name
The configuration file for Ethernet switch must be named enhanced_eth_featurepsh
The configuration file for MOD300 board must be named fullConfig_radiopsh
12 File Format
The configuration files are text files (WordPad cannot be used NotePad is suggested) they must be cre-
ated on PC (Windows or Linux or MAC) The content of the configuration file is formed by a list of com-
mands each of them using a different line
It is possible to insert comments in Configuration File
Use at beginning of the line to write a comment inside the Configuration File the comment is private
It is mandatory to insert an additional carriage return as last line of each configuration file
13 Configuration File upload
The configuration files must be uploaded to the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
The configuration files must be put (switch radio or both) in the EC compact flash inside the following
directory
homeadm-lc-ngconfig
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1870
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11666
14 Configuration File Removal
The configuration files can be removed from the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
Browsing the directory the configuration file must be deleted In order to disable all configuration file fea-
tures please refer to paragraph 1718 Simply removing configuration file from Compact Flash doesnt
imply the removal of all features applied by configuration file itself
15 Configuration File update add a new commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time an additional configuration is needed on top of the current features
applied by configuration file (eg one additional VLAN is needed) What is not possible with this procedure
is the complete removal of a specific commandfeature in such case refer to 1718
In order to append a new command on the existing configuration file by FTP client it is necessary to get
from compact flash the current configuration file and using a text editor append all the new commands
needed The edited configuration file must be uploaded again on the compact flash
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
16 Configuration File update remove an existing commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time one command or feature must be deleted
It is necessary to follow the procedure described below
ndash restore the initial configuration of the switch or radio (see 1718)
ndash upload a new configuration file
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
17 Restoring Ethernet switch initial configuration
To restore the initial configuration (the current configuration without any setting resulting from CF) the pro-
cedure includes the following steps
1) By FTP the CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
2) By FTP a specific CF (see below restoring CF) must be uploaded to the flash card
3) By normal procedure the CF must be execute (see 19)
4) By FTP the restoring CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1970
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1766
5) Perform a reset (see 19)
restoring configuration file
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 00500001 0001
end enhanced configuration file
18 Restoring MOD300 initial configuration
For this board is needed apply a specific configuration file for each feature in this case please refer next
chapters
19 How to run enhanced configuration fileConfiguration files must be uploaded in proper directory (see par 13)
In order to run (apply) the configuration files a reset command is needed using one of the following meth-
ods
ndash switch offon
ndash By pshell using reset command (if available)
ndash By CT using NE Restart command
NB A traffic hit may occur during reset command or NE restart up to 120 s
110 SW package activation
Since the SW package activation implies a EC software reset the configuration file will be applied again
no specific operations are required
111 Behavior in Core protection
The configuration file is loaded and applied on Core Spare too The file is uploaded from Core Main com-
pact flash This is the normal behavior in case of Core protection since Core Main and Core Spare are
kept aligned in terms of configuration So as soon as a Core switch occurs the Core becoming active
will have enhanced features already configured
112 Behavior in Radio protection
Regarding the configuration file for MOD300 board the Board Spare is managed as an independent Radio
Board In this case the radio configuration file contains the configuration of both radio cards
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2070
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11866
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2170
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1966
2 Common Assumption
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment
Slot 1 Slot2
Slot 3 Slot 4
Slot 5 Slot 6
Slot 7 Slot 8
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2270
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12066
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2166
3 Features supported through Configuration file
management
A generic feature can be implemented using configuration file The configuration file uses a set of low level
commands provisioning in the proper way different devices of different MPR cards The appropriate com-
mands are written inside a configuration file After an NE reset the configuration file is applied provi-
sioning the Ethernet switch and other devices to implement the desired feature
31 QinQ
To properly configure QinQ feature inside the MPR this procedure should be followed
1) Preliminary configuration
2) TPID setting
3) Port configuration (UNI NNI)
4) S-VLAN definition
5) S-VLAN priority definition
311 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the QinQ capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in 8021D
bridge mode by CTNMS Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be
properly configured by CTNMS
All the service VLANs will be configured by configuration file
discard all traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12266
312 TPID setting
In Q-in-Q bridging mode it is required to define a TPID value The default is 0x8100 The same TPID on
all permitted ports should be used Changing TPID on Radio and PDH ports is forbidden
bcm dtag tpid ltpbmgt ltex valuegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltex valuegt TPID value in hexadecimal
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt outertpidselect 0
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20
NB This command should not be applied if the TPID=0x8100 (since this value of TPID is the default
value)
Command example
bcm dtag tpid ge17 0x9100
bcm vlan port ge17 outertpidselect 0
On user port 1 the TPID will be 0x9100 The outer TPID will be the per port configured TPID
NB The default TPID value in Q-in-Q is 0x8100 changing the TPID with a different value than
0x8100 will imply a traffic hit up to 120 seconds on all MPR interfaces (PDHs radios and user
ports) during every restart condition after the first configuration file appliance
313 Port configurationIn Q-in-Q bridging mode each port must be defined as user to network interface (UNI) or network to net-
work interface (NNI)
bcm dtag mode ltpbmgt lttypegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 and each slot lodging a
MOD300 Radio Board mandatory
bull lttypegt it is the port definition that can be internal for NNI ports or external for UNI ports man-
datory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towardslot where a PDH card is lodged Applying this command toward PDH slots will destroy all the
E1s traffic
All radio ports shall be NNI ports
Command example
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge20 internal
bcm port ltpbmpgt priority=ltngt discard=none
bull ltpbmpgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1570
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1366
Customer documentation on CD-ROM
In the following by CD-ROM it is meant Customer Documentation on CD-ROM
Contents creation and production of a CD-ROM
In most cases a CD-ROM contains in read-only eletronic format the documentation of one product-
release(-version) and for a certain languageIn some other cases the same CD-ROM can contain the documentation of different product-release(-ver-
sion)s for a certain language
As a general rule
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Management products do not contain
bull the Installation Guides
bull the documentation of system optional features that Customers could not buy from Alcatel
together with the main applicative SW
ndash CD-ROMs for Network Elements products do not contain
bull the documentation of system optional features (eg System Installation Handbooks related to
racks that Customers could not buy from Alcatel together with the main equipment)
A CD-ROM is obtained collecting various handbooks and documents in pdf format Bookmarks and
hyperlinks make the navigation easier No additional information is added to each handbook so that the
documentation present in the CD-ROMs is exactly the same the Customer would receive on paper
The files processed in this way are added to filesimages for managing purpose and a master CD-ROM
is recorded
Suitable checks are made in order to have a virus-free product
After a complete functional check the CD-ROM image is electronically transferred to the archive of the
Production Department so that the CD-ROM can be produced and delivered to Customers
Use of the CD-ROM
The CD-ROM can be used both in PC and Unix WS environments
The CD-ROM starts automatically with autorun and hyperlinks from the opened ldquoIndex document permit
to visualize the pdf handbooks
Other hyperlinks permit to get from the Technical handbooks the specific pdf setting documents
In order to open the pdf documents Adobe Acrobat Reader Version 40 (minimum) must have been
installed on the platform
The CD-ROM doesnt contain the Adobe Acrobat Reader program The Customer is in charge of getting
and installing it
ReadMe info is present on the CD-ROM to this purpose
Then the Customer is allowed to read the handbooks on the PCWS screen using the navigation and
zooming tools included in the tool and to print selected parts of the documentation through a local printer
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1670
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11466
CD-ROM identification
Each CD-ROM is identified
1) by external identifiers that are printed on the CD-ROM upper surface
ndash the name of the product-release(s) (and version if applicable)
ndash a writing indicating the language(s)
ndash the CD-ROM Part Number) ndash the CD-ROM edition (usually first edition=01)
2) and internally by the list of the source handbooks and documents (PNs and editions) by
whose collection and processing the CD-ROM itself has been created
CD-ROM updating
The list of source handbookdocument PNs-editions indicated in previous para point 2) in association
with the CD-ROMs own PN-edition is also loaded in the Alcatel-Information-System as a structured list
Whenever a new edition of any of such handbooksdocuments is released in the Alcatel archive system
a check in the Alcatel-Information-System is made to identify the list of CD-ROMs that must be updated
to include the new editions of these handbooksdocumentsThis causes the planning and creation of a new edition of the CD-ROM
Updating of CD-ROMs always follows with a certain delay the updating of the single handbooks com-
posing the collection
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1770
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1566
1 Management of enhanced Configuration File
11 File Name
The configuration file for Ethernet switch must be named enhanced_eth_featurepsh
The configuration file for MOD300 board must be named fullConfig_radiopsh
12 File Format
The configuration files are text files (WordPad cannot be used NotePad is suggested) they must be cre-
ated on PC (Windows or Linux or MAC) The content of the configuration file is formed by a list of com-
mands each of them using a different line
It is possible to insert comments in Configuration File
Use at beginning of the line to write a comment inside the Configuration File the comment is private
It is mandatory to insert an additional carriage return as last line of each configuration file
13 Configuration File upload
The configuration files must be uploaded to the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
The configuration files must be put (switch radio or both) in the EC compact flash inside the following
directory
homeadm-lc-ngconfig
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1870
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11666
14 Configuration File Removal
The configuration files can be removed from the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
Browsing the directory the configuration file must be deleted In order to disable all configuration file fea-
tures please refer to paragraph 1718 Simply removing configuration file from Compact Flash doesnt
imply the removal of all features applied by configuration file itself
15 Configuration File update add a new commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time an additional configuration is needed on top of the current features
applied by configuration file (eg one additional VLAN is needed) What is not possible with this procedure
is the complete removal of a specific commandfeature in such case refer to 1718
In order to append a new command on the existing configuration file by FTP client it is necessary to get
from compact flash the current configuration file and using a text editor append all the new commands
needed The edited configuration file must be uploaded again on the compact flash
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
16 Configuration File update remove an existing commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time one command or feature must be deleted
It is necessary to follow the procedure described below
ndash restore the initial configuration of the switch or radio (see 1718)
ndash upload a new configuration file
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
17 Restoring Ethernet switch initial configuration
To restore the initial configuration (the current configuration without any setting resulting from CF) the pro-
cedure includes the following steps
1) By FTP the CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
2) By FTP a specific CF (see below restoring CF) must be uploaded to the flash card
3) By normal procedure the CF must be execute (see 19)
4) By FTP the restoring CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1970
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1766
5) Perform a reset (see 19)
restoring configuration file
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 00500001 0001
end enhanced configuration file
18 Restoring MOD300 initial configuration
For this board is needed apply a specific configuration file for each feature in this case please refer next
chapters
19 How to run enhanced configuration fileConfiguration files must be uploaded in proper directory (see par 13)
In order to run (apply) the configuration files a reset command is needed using one of the following meth-
ods
ndash switch offon
ndash By pshell using reset command (if available)
ndash By CT using NE Restart command
NB A traffic hit may occur during reset command or NE restart up to 120 s
110 SW package activation
Since the SW package activation implies a EC software reset the configuration file will be applied again
no specific operations are required
111 Behavior in Core protection
The configuration file is loaded and applied on Core Spare too The file is uploaded from Core Main com-
pact flash This is the normal behavior in case of Core protection since Core Main and Core Spare are
kept aligned in terms of configuration So as soon as a Core switch occurs the Core becoming active
will have enhanced features already configured
112 Behavior in Radio protection
Regarding the configuration file for MOD300 board the Board Spare is managed as an independent Radio
Board In this case the radio configuration file contains the configuration of both radio cards
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2070
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11866
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2170
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1966
2 Common Assumption
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment
Slot 1 Slot2
Slot 3 Slot 4
Slot 5 Slot 6
Slot 7 Slot 8
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2270
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12066
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2166
3 Features supported through Configuration file
management
A generic feature can be implemented using configuration file The configuration file uses a set of low level
commands provisioning in the proper way different devices of different MPR cards The appropriate com-
mands are written inside a configuration file After an NE reset the configuration file is applied provi-
sioning the Ethernet switch and other devices to implement the desired feature
31 QinQ
To properly configure QinQ feature inside the MPR this procedure should be followed
1) Preliminary configuration
2) TPID setting
3) Port configuration (UNI NNI)
4) S-VLAN definition
5) S-VLAN priority definition
311 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the QinQ capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in 8021D
bridge mode by CTNMS Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be
properly configured by CTNMS
All the service VLANs will be configured by configuration file
discard all traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12266
312 TPID setting
In Q-in-Q bridging mode it is required to define a TPID value The default is 0x8100 The same TPID on
all permitted ports should be used Changing TPID on Radio and PDH ports is forbidden
bcm dtag tpid ltpbmgt ltex valuegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltex valuegt TPID value in hexadecimal
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt outertpidselect 0
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20
NB This command should not be applied if the TPID=0x8100 (since this value of TPID is the default
value)
Command example
bcm dtag tpid ge17 0x9100
bcm vlan port ge17 outertpidselect 0
On user port 1 the TPID will be 0x9100 The outer TPID will be the per port configured TPID
NB The default TPID value in Q-in-Q is 0x8100 changing the TPID with a different value than
0x8100 will imply a traffic hit up to 120 seconds on all MPR interfaces (PDHs radios and user
ports) during every restart condition after the first configuration file appliance
313 Port configurationIn Q-in-Q bridging mode each port must be defined as user to network interface (UNI) or network to net-
work interface (NNI)
bcm dtag mode ltpbmgt lttypegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 and each slot lodging a
MOD300 Radio Board mandatory
bull lttypegt it is the port definition that can be internal for NNI ports or external for UNI ports man-
datory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towardslot where a PDH card is lodged Applying this command toward PDH slots will destroy all the
E1s traffic
All radio ports shall be NNI ports
Command example
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge20 internal
bcm port ltpbmpgt priority=ltngt discard=none
bull ltpbmpgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1670
Configuration
Preface
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11466
CD-ROM identification
Each CD-ROM is identified
1) by external identifiers that are printed on the CD-ROM upper surface
ndash the name of the product-release(s) (and version if applicable)
ndash a writing indicating the language(s)
ndash the CD-ROM Part Number) ndash the CD-ROM edition (usually first edition=01)
2) and internally by the list of the source handbooks and documents (PNs and editions) by
whose collection and processing the CD-ROM itself has been created
CD-ROM updating
The list of source handbookdocument PNs-editions indicated in previous para point 2) in association
with the CD-ROMs own PN-edition is also loaded in the Alcatel-Information-System as a structured list
Whenever a new edition of any of such handbooksdocuments is released in the Alcatel archive system
a check in the Alcatel-Information-System is made to identify the list of CD-ROMs that must be updated
to include the new editions of these handbooksdocumentsThis causes the planning and creation of a new edition of the CD-ROM
Updating of CD-ROMs always follows with a certain delay the updating of the single handbooks com-
posing the collection
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1770
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1566
1 Management of enhanced Configuration File
11 File Name
The configuration file for Ethernet switch must be named enhanced_eth_featurepsh
The configuration file for MOD300 board must be named fullConfig_radiopsh
12 File Format
The configuration files are text files (WordPad cannot be used NotePad is suggested) they must be cre-
ated on PC (Windows or Linux or MAC) The content of the configuration file is formed by a list of com-
mands each of them using a different line
It is possible to insert comments in Configuration File
Use at beginning of the line to write a comment inside the Configuration File the comment is private
It is mandatory to insert an additional carriage return as last line of each configuration file
13 Configuration File upload
The configuration files must be uploaded to the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
The configuration files must be put (switch radio or both) in the EC compact flash inside the following
directory
homeadm-lc-ngconfig
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1870
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11666
14 Configuration File Removal
The configuration files can be removed from the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
Browsing the directory the configuration file must be deleted In order to disable all configuration file fea-
tures please refer to paragraph 1718 Simply removing configuration file from Compact Flash doesnt
imply the removal of all features applied by configuration file itself
15 Configuration File update add a new commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time an additional configuration is needed on top of the current features
applied by configuration file (eg one additional VLAN is needed) What is not possible with this procedure
is the complete removal of a specific commandfeature in such case refer to 1718
In order to append a new command on the existing configuration file by FTP client it is necessary to get
from compact flash the current configuration file and using a text editor append all the new commands
needed The edited configuration file must be uploaded again on the compact flash
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
16 Configuration File update remove an existing commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time one command or feature must be deleted
It is necessary to follow the procedure described below
ndash restore the initial configuration of the switch or radio (see 1718)
ndash upload a new configuration file
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
17 Restoring Ethernet switch initial configuration
To restore the initial configuration (the current configuration without any setting resulting from CF) the pro-
cedure includes the following steps
1) By FTP the CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
2) By FTP a specific CF (see below restoring CF) must be uploaded to the flash card
3) By normal procedure the CF must be execute (see 19)
4) By FTP the restoring CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1970
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1766
5) Perform a reset (see 19)
restoring configuration file
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 00500001 0001
end enhanced configuration file
18 Restoring MOD300 initial configuration
For this board is needed apply a specific configuration file for each feature in this case please refer next
chapters
19 How to run enhanced configuration fileConfiguration files must be uploaded in proper directory (see par 13)
In order to run (apply) the configuration files a reset command is needed using one of the following meth-
ods
ndash switch offon
ndash By pshell using reset command (if available)
ndash By CT using NE Restart command
NB A traffic hit may occur during reset command or NE restart up to 120 s
110 SW package activation
Since the SW package activation implies a EC software reset the configuration file will be applied again
no specific operations are required
111 Behavior in Core protection
The configuration file is loaded and applied on Core Spare too The file is uploaded from Core Main com-
pact flash This is the normal behavior in case of Core protection since Core Main and Core Spare are
kept aligned in terms of configuration So as soon as a Core switch occurs the Core becoming active
will have enhanced features already configured
112 Behavior in Radio protection
Regarding the configuration file for MOD300 board the Board Spare is managed as an independent Radio
Board In this case the radio configuration file contains the configuration of both radio cards
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2070
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11866
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2170
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1966
2 Common Assumption
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment
Slot 1 Slot2
Slot 3 Slot 4
Slot 5 Slot 6
Slot 7 Slot 8
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2270
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12066
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2166
3 Features supported through Configuration file
management
A generic feature can be implemented using configuration file The configuration file uses a set of low level
commands provisioning in the proper way different devices of different MPR cards The appropriate com-
mands are written inside a configuration file After an NE reset the configuration file is applied provi-
sioning the Ethernet switch and other devices to implement the desired feature
31 QinQ
To properly configure QinQ feature inside the MPR this procedure should be followed
1) Preliminary configuration
2) TPID setting
3) Port configuration (UNI NNI)
4) S-VLAN definition
5) S-VLAN priority definition
311 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the QinQ capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in 8021D
bridge mode by CTNMS Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be
properly configured by CTNMS
All the service VLANs will be configured by configuration file
discard all traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12266
312 TPID setting
In Q-in-Q bridging mode it is required to define a TPID value The default is 0x8100 The same TPID on
all permitted ports should be used Changing TPID on Radio and PDH ports is forbidden
bcm dtag tpid ltpbmgt ltex valuegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltex valuegt TPID value in hexadecimal
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt outertpidselect 0
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20
NB This command should not be applied if the TPID=0x8100 (since this value of TPID is the default
value)
Command example
bcm dtag tpid ge17 0x9100
bcm vlan port ge17 outertpidselect 0
On user port 1 the TPID will be 0x9100 The outer TPID will be the per port configured TPID
NB The default TPID value in Q-in-Q is 0x8100 changing the TPID with a different value than
0x8100 will imply a traffic hit up to 120 seconds on all MPR interfaces (PDHs radios and user
ports) during every restart condition after the first configuration file appliance
313 Port configurationIn Q-in-Q bridging mode each port must be defined as user to network interface (UNI) or network to net-
work interface (NNI)
bcm dtag mode ltpbmgt lttypegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 and each slot lodging a
MOD300 Radio Board mandatory
bull lttypegt it is the port definition that can be internal for NNI ports or external for UNI ports man-
datory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towardslot where a PDH card is lodged Applying this command toward PDH slots will destroy all the
E1s traffic
All radio ports shall be NNI ports
Command example
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge20 internal
bcm port ltpbmpgt priority=ltngt discard=none
bull ltpbmpgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1770
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1566
1 Management of enhanced Configuration File
11 File Name
The configuration file for Ethernet switch must be named enhanced_eth_featurepsh
The configuration file for MOD300 board must be named fullConfig_radiopsh
12 File Format
The configuration files are text files (WordPad cannot be used NotePad is suggested) they must be cre-
ated on PC (Windows or Linux or MAC) The content of the configuration file is formed by a list of com-
mands each of them using a different line
It is possible to insert comments in Configuration File
Use at beginning of the line to write a comment inside the Configuration File the comment is private
It is mandatory to insert an additional carriage return as last line of each configuration file
13 Configuration File upload
The configuration files must be uploaded to the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
The configuration files must be put (switch radio or both) in the EC compact flash inside the following
directory
homeadm-lc-ngconfig
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1870
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11666
14 Configuration File Removal
The configuration files can be removed from the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
Browsing the directory the configuration file must be deleted In order to disable all configuration file fea-
tures please refer to paragraph 1718 Simply removing configuration file from Compact Flash doesnt
imply the removal of all features applied by configuration file itself
15 Configuration File update add a new commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time an additional configuration is needed on top of the current features
applied by configuration file (eg one additional VLAN is needed) What is not possible with this procedure
is the complete removal of a specific commandfeature in such case refer to 1718
In order to append a new command on the existing configuration file by FTP client it is necessary to get
from compact flash the current configuration file and using a text editor append all the new commands
needed The edited configuration file must be uploaded again on the compact flash
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
16 Configuration File update remove an existing commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time one command or feature must be deleted
It is necessary to follow the procedure described below
ndash restore the initial configuration of the switch or radio (see 1718)
ndash upload a new configuration file
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
17 Restoring Ethernet switch initial configuration
To restore the initial configuration (the current configuration without any setting resulting from CF) the pro-
cedure includes the following steps
1) By FTP the CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
2) By FTP a specific CF (see below restoring CF) must be uploaded to the flash card
3) By normal procedure the CF must be execute (see 19)
4) By FTP the restoring CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1970
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1766
5) Perform a reset (see 19)
restoring configuration file
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 00500001 0001
end enhanced configuration file
18 Restoring MOD300 initial configuration
For this board is needed apply a specific configuration file for each feature in this case please refer next
chapters
19 How to run enhanced configuration fileConfiguration files must be uploaded in proper directory (see par 13)
In order to run (apply) the configuration files a reset command is needed using one of the following meth-
ods
ndash switch offon
ndash By pshell using reset command (if available)
ndash By CT using NE Restart command
NB A traffic hit may occur during reset command or NE restart up to 120 s
110 SW package activation
Since the SW package activation implies a EC software reset the configuration file will be applied again
no specific operations are required
111 Behavior in Core protection
The configuration file is loaded and applied on Core Spare too The file is uploaded from Core Main com-
pact flash This is the normal behavior in case of Core protection since Core Main and Core Spare are
kept aligned in terms of configuration So as soon as a Core switch occurs the Core becoming active
will have enhanced features already configured
112 Behavior in Radio protection
Regarding the configuration file for MOD300 board the Board Spare is managed as an independent Radio
Board In this case the radio configuration file contains the configuration of both radio cards
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2070
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11866
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2170
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1966
2 Common Assumption
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment
Slot 1 Slot2
Slot 3 Slot 4
Slot 5 Slot 6
Slot 7 Slot 8
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2270
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12066
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2166
3 Features supported through Configuration file
management
A generic feature can be implemented using configuration file The configuration file uses a set of low level
commands provisioning in the proper way different devices of different MPR cards The appropriate com-
mands are written inside a configuration file After an NE reset the configuration file is applied provi-
sioning the Ethernet switch and other devices to implement the desired feature
31 QinQ
To properly configure QinQ feature inside the MPR this procedure should be followed
1) Preliminary configuration
2) TPID setting
3) Port configuration (UNI NNI)
4) S-VLAN definition
5) S-VLAN priority definition
311 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the QinQ capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in 8021D
bridge mode by CTNMS Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be
properly configured by CTNMS
All the service VLANs will be configured by configuration file
discard all traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12266
312 TPID setting
In Q-in-Q bridging mode it is required to define a TPID value The default is 0x8100 The same TPID on
all permitted ports should be used Changing TPID on Radio and PDH ports is forbidden
bcm dtag tpid ltpbmgt ltex valuegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltex valuegt TPID value in hexadecimal
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt outertpidselect 0
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20
NB This command should not be applied if the TPID=0x8100 (since this value of TPID is the default
value)
Command example
bcm dtag tpid ge17 0x9100
bcm vlan port ge17 outertpidselect 0
On user port 1 the TPID will be 0x9100 The outer TPID will be the per port configured TPID
NB The default TPID value in Q-in-Q is 0x8100 changing the TPID with a different value than
0x8100 will imply a traffic hit up to 120 seconds on all MPR interfaces (PDHs radios and user
ports) during every restart condition after the first configuration file appliance
313 Port configurationIn Q-in-Q bridging mode each port must be defined as user to network interface (UNI) or network to net-
work interface (NNI)
bcm dtag mode ltpbmgt lttypegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 and each slot lodging a
MOD300 Radio Board mandatory
bull lttypegt it is the port definition that can be internal for NNI ports or external for UNI ports man-
datory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towardslot where a PDH card is lodged Applying this command toward PDH slots will destroy all the
E1s traffic
All radio ports shall be NNI ports
Command example
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge20 internal
bcm port ltpbmpgt priority=ltngt discard=none
bull ltpbmpgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1870
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11666
14 Configuration File Removal
The configuration files can be removed from the Compact Flash (on main Core when it is active) via FTP
connection
Browsing the directory the configuration file must be deleted In order to disable all configuration file fea-
tures please refer to paragraph 1718 Simply removing configuration file from Compact Flash doesnt
imply the removal of all features applied by configuration file itself
15 Configuration File update add a new commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time an additional configuration is needed on top of the current features
applied by configuration file (eg one additional VLAN is needed) What is not possible with this procedure
is the complete removal of a specific commandfeature in such case refer to 1718
In order to append a new command on the existing configuration file by FTP client it is necessary to get
from compact flash the current configuration file and using a text editor append all the new commands
needed The edited configuration file must be uploaded again on the compact flash
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
16 Configuration File update remove an existing commandfeature
This procedure can be used every time one command or feature must be deleted
It is necessary to follow the procedure described below
ndash restore the initial configuration of the switch or radio (see 1718)
ndash upload a new configuration file
Finally it is required to apply the configuration file according to the procedure described in 19
NB Do not switch the Core Board after Configuration File upload until the new Configuration File
is applied
17 Restoring Ethernet switch initial configuration
To restore the initial configuration (the current configuration without any setting resulting from CF) the pro-
cedure includes the following steps
1) By FTP the CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
2) By FTP a specific CF (see below restoring CF) must be uploaded to the flash card
3) By normal procedure the CF must be execute (see 19)
4) By FTP the restoring CF must be removed from flash card (see 14)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1970
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1766
5) Perform a reset (see 19)
restoring configuration file
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 00500001 0001
end enhanced configuration file
18 Restoring MOD300 initial configuration
For this board is needed apply a specific configuration file for each feature in this case please refer next
chapters
19 How to run enhanced configuration fileConfiguration files must be uploaded in proper directory (see par 13)
In order to run (apply) the configuration files a reset command is needed using one of the following meth-
ods
ndash switch offon
ndash By pshell using reset command (if available)
ndash By CT using NE Restart command
NB A traffic hit may occur during reset command or NE restart up to 120 s
110 SW package activation
Since the SW package activation implies a EC software reset the configuration file will be applied again
no specific operations are required
111 Behavior in Core protection
The configuration file is loaded and applied on Core Spare too The file is uploaded from Core Main com-
pact flash This is the normal behavior in case of Core protection since Core Main and Core Spare are
kept aligned in terms of configuration So as soon as a Core switch occurs the Core becoming active
will have enhanced features already configured
112 Behavior in Radio protection
Regarding the configuration file for MOD300 board the Board Spare is managed as an independent Radio
Board In this case the radio configuration file contains the configuration of both radio cards
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2070
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11866
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2170
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1966
2 Common Assumption
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment
Slot 1 Slot2
Slot 3 Slot 4
Slot 5 Slot 6
Slot 7 Slot 8
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2270
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12066
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2166
3 Features supported through Configuration file
management
A generic feature can be implemented using configuration file The configuration file uses a set of low level
commands provisioning in the proper way different devices of different MPR cards The appropriate com-
mands are written inside a configuration file After an NE reset the configuration file is applied provi-
sioning the Ethernet switch and other devices to implement the desired feature
31 QinQ
To properly configure QinQ feature inside the MPR this procedure should be followed
1) Preliminary configuration
2) TPID setting
3) Port configuration (UNI NNI)
4) S-VLAN definition
5) S-VLAN priority definition
311 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the QinQ capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in 8021D
bridge mode by CTNMS Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be
properly configured by CTNMS
All the service VLANs will be configured by configuration file
discard all traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12266
312 TPID setting
In Q-in-Q bridging mode it is required to define a TPID value The default is 0x8100 The same TPID on
all permitted ports should be used Changing TPID on Radio and PDH ports is forbidden
bcm dtag tpid ltpbmgt ltex valuegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltex valuegt TPID value in hexadecimal
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt outertpidselect 0
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20
NB This command should not be applied if the TPID=0x8100 (since this value of TPID is the default
value)
Command example
bcm dtag tpid ge17 0x9100
bcm vlan port ge17 outertpidselect 0
On user port 1 the TPID will be 0x9100 The outer TPID will be the per port configured TPID
NB The default TPID value in Q-in-Q is 0x8100 changing the TPID with a different value than
0x8100 will imply a traffic hit up to 120 seconds on all MPR interfaces (PDHs radios and user
ports) during every restart condition after the first configuration file appliance
313 Port configurationIn Q-in-Q bridging mode each port must be defined as user to network interface (UNI) or network to net-
work interface (NNI)
bcm dtag mode ltpbmgt lttypegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 and each slot lodging a
MOD300 Radio Board mandatory
bull lttypegt it is the port definition that can be internal for NNI ports or external for UNI ports man-
datory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towardslot where a PDH card is lodged Applying this command toward PDH slots will destroy all the
E1s traffic
All radio ports shall be NNI ports
Command example
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge20 internal
bcm port ltpbmpgt priority=ltngt discard=none
bull ltpbmpgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 1970
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1766
5) Perform a reset (see 19)
restoring configuration file
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 00500001 0001
end enhanced configuration file
18 Restoring MOD300 initial configuration
For this board is needed apply a specific configuration file for each feature in this case please refer next
chapters
19 How to run enhanced configuration fileConfiguration files must be uploaded in proper directory (see par 13)
In order to run (apply) the configuration files a reset command is needed using one of the following meth-
ods
ndash switch offon
ndash By pshell using reset command (if available)
ndash By CT using NE Restart command
NB A traffic hit may occur during reset command or NE restart up to 120 s
110 SW package activation
Since the SW package activation implies a EC software reset the configuration file will be applied again
no specific operations are required
111 Behavior in Core protection
The configuration file is loaded and applied on Core Spare too The file is uploaded from Core Main com-
pact flash This is the normal behavior in case of Core protection since Core Main and Core Spare are
kept aligned in terms of configuration So as soon as a Core switch occurs the Core becoming active
will have enhanced features already configured
112 Behavior in Radio protection
Regarding the configuration file for MOD300 board the Board Spare is managed as an independent Radio
Board In this case the radio configuration file contains the configuration of both radio cards
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2070
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11866
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2170
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1966
2 Common Assumption
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment
Slot 1 Slot2
Slot 3 Slot 4
Slot 5 Slot 6
Slot 7 Slot 8
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2270
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12066
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2166
3 Features supported through Configuration file
management
A generic feature can be implemented using configuration file The configuration file uses a set of low level
commands provisioning in the proper way different devices of different MPR cards The appropriate com-
mands are written inside a configuration file After an NE reset the configuration file is applied provi-
sioning the Ethernet switch and other devices to implement the desired feature
31 QinQ
To properly configure QinQ feature inside the MPR this procedure should be followed
1) Preliminary configuration
2) TPID setting
3) Port configuration (UNI NNI)
4) S-VLAN definition
5) S-VLAN priority definition
311 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the QinQ capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in 8021D
bridge mode by CTNMS Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be
properly configured by CTNMS
All the service VLANs will be configured by configuration file
discard all traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12266
312 TPID setting
In Q-in-Q bridging mode it is required to define a TPID value The default is 0x8100 The same TPID on
all permitted ports should be used Changing TPID on Radio and PDH ports is forbidden
bcm dtag tpid ltpbmgt ltex valuegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltex valuegt TPID value in hexadecimal
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt outertpidselect 0
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20
NB This command should not be applied if the TPID=0x8100 (since this value of TPID is the default
value)
Command example
bcm dtag tpid ge17 0x9100
bcm vlan port ge17 outertpidselect 0
On user port 1 the TPID will be 0x9100 The outer TPID will be the per port configured TPID
NB The default TPID value in Q-in-Q is 0x8100 changing the TPID with a different value than
0x8100 will imply a traffic hit up to 120 seconds on all MPR interfaces (PDHs radios and user
ports) during every restart condition after the first configuration file appliance
313 Port configurationIn Q-in-Q bridging mode each port must be defined as user to network interface (UNI) or network to net-
work interface (NNI)
bcm dtag mode ltpbmgt lttypegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 and each slot lodging a
MOD300 Radio Board mandatory
bull lttypegt it is the port definition that can be internal for NNI ports or external for UNI ports man-
datory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towardslot where a PDH card is lodged Applying this command toward PDH slots will destroy all the
E1s traffic
All radio ports shall be NNI ports
Command example
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge20 internal
bcm port ltpbmpgt priority=ltngt discard=none
bull ltpbmpgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2070
Configuration
Management of enhanced Configuration File
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 11866
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2170
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1966
2 Common Assumption
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment
Slot 1 Slot2
Slot 3 Slot 4
Slot 5 Slot 6
Slot 7 Slot 8
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2270
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12066
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2166
3 Features supported through Configuration file
management
A generic feature can be implemented using configuration file The configuration file uses a set of low level
commands provisioning in the proper way different devices of different MPR cards The appropriate com-
mands are written inside a configuration file After an NE reset the configuration file is applied provi-
sioning the Ethernet switch and other devices to implement the desired feature
31 QinQ
To properly configure QinQ feature inside the MPR this procedure should be followed
1) Preliminary configuration
2) TPID setting
3) Port configuration (UNI NNI)
4) S-VLAN definition
5) S-VLAN priority definition
311 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the QinQ capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in 8021D
bridge mode by CTNMS Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be
properly configured by CTNMS
All the service VLANs will be configured by configuration file
discard all traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12266
312 TPID setting
In Q-in-Q bridging mode it is required to define a TPID value The default is 0x8100 The same TPID on
all permitted ports should be used Changing TPID on Radio and PDH ports is forbidden
bcm dtag tpid ltpbmgt ltex valuegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltex valuegt TPID value in hexadecimal
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt outertpidselect 0
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20
NB This command should not be applied if the TPID=0x8100 (since this value of TPID is the default
value)
Command example
bcm dtag tpid ge17 0x9100
bcm vlan port ge17 outertpidselect 0
On user port 1 the TPID will be 0x9100 The outer TPID will be the per port configured TPID
NB The default TPID value in Q-in-Q is 0x8100 changing the TPID with a different value than
0x8100 will imply a traffic hit up to 120 seconds on all MPR interfaces (PDHs radios and user
ports) during every restart condition after the first configuration file appliance
313 Port configurationIn Q-in-Q bridging mode each port must be defined as user to network interface (UNI) or network to net-
work interface (NNI)
bcm dtag mode ltpbmgt lttypegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 and each slot lodging a
MOD300 Radio Board mandatory
bull lttypegt it is the port definition that can be internal for NNI ports or external for UNI ports man-
datory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towardslot where a PDH card is lodged Applying this command toward PDH slots will destroy all the
E1s traffic
All radio ports shall be NNI ports
Command example
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge20 internal
bcm port ltpbmpgt priority=ltngt discard=none
bull ltpbmpgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2170
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 1966
2 Common Assumption
Figure 1 Switch to equipment ports assignment
Slot 1 Slot2
Slot 3 Slot 4
Slot 5 Slot 6
Slot 7 Slot 8
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2270
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12066
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2166
3 Features supported through Configuration file
management
A generic feature can be implemented using configuration file The configuration file uses a set of low level
commands provisioning in the proper way different devices of different MPR cards The appropriate com-
mands are written inside a configuration file After an NE reset the configuration file is applied provi-
sioning the Ethernet switch and other devices to implement the desired feature
31 QinQ
To properly configure QinQ feature inside the MPR this procedure should be followed
1) Preliminary configuration
2) TPID setting
3) Port configuration (UNI NNI)
4) S-VLAN definition
5) S-VLAN priority definition
311 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the QinQ capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in 8021D
bridge mode by CTNMS Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be
properly configured by CTNMS
All the service VLANs will be configured by configuration file
discard all traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12266
312 TPID setting
In Q-in-Q bridging mode it is required to define a TPID value The default is 0x8100 The same TPID on
all permitted ports should be used Changing TPID on Radio and PDH ports is forbidden
bcm dtag tpid ltpbmgt ltex valuegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltex valuegt TPID value in hexadecimal
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt outertpidselect 0
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20
NB This command should not be applied if the TPID=0x8100 (since this value of TPID is the default
value)
Command example
bcm dtag tpid ge17 0x9100
bcm vlan port ge17 outertpidselect 0
On user port 1 the TPID will be 0x9100 The outer TPID will be the per port configured TPID
NB The default TPID value in Q-in-Q is 0x8100 changing the TPID with a different value than
0x8100 will imply a traffic hit up to 120 seconds on all MPR interfaces (PDHs radios and user
ports) during every restart condition after the first configuration file appliance
313 Port configurationIn Q-in-Q bridging mode each port must be defined as user to network interface (UNI) or network to net-
work interface (NNI)
bcm dtag mode ltpbmgt lttypegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 and each slot lodging a
MOD300 Radio Board mandatory
bull lttypegt it is the port definition that can be internal for NNI ports or external for UNI ports man-
datory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towardslot where a PDH card is lodged Applying this command toward PDH slots will destroy all the
E1s traffic
All radio ports shall be NNI ports
Command example
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge20 internal
bcm port ltpbmpgt priority=ltngt discard=none
bull ltpbmpgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2270
Configuration
Common Assumption
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12066
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2166
3 Features supported through Configuration file
management
A generic feature can be implemented using configuration file The configuration file uses a set of low level
commands provisioning in the proper way different devices of different MPR cards The appropriate com-
mands are written inside a configuration file After an NE reset the configuration file is applied provi-
sioning the Ethernet switch and other devices to implement the desired feature
31 QinQ
To properly configure QinQ feature inside the MPR this procedure should be followed
1) Preliminary configuration
2) TPID setting
3) Port configuration (UNI NNI)
4) S-VLAN definition
5) S-VLAN priority definition
311 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the QinQ capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in 8021D
bridge mode by CTNMS Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be
properly configured by CTNMS
All the service VLANs will be configured by configuration file
discard all traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12266
312 TPID setting
In Q-in-Q bridging mode it is required to define a TPID value The default is 0x8100 The same TPID on
all permitted ports should be used Changing TPID on Radio and PDH ports is forbidden
bcm dtag tpid ltpbmgt ltex valuegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltex valuegt TPID value in hexadecimal
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt outertpidselect 0
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20
NB This command should not be applied if the TPID=0x8100 (since this value of TPID is the default
value)
Command example
bcm dtag tpid ge17 0x9100
bcm vlan port ge17 outertpidselect 0
On user port 1 the TPID will be 0x9100 The outer TPID will be the per port configured TPID
NB The default TPID value in Q-in-Q is 0x8100 changing the TPID with a different value than
0x8100 will imply a traffic hit up to 120 seconds on all MPR interfaces (PDHs radios and user
ports) during every restart condition after the first configuration file appliance
313 Port configurationIn Q-in-Q bridging mode each port must be defined as user to network interface (UNI) or network to net-
work interface (NNI)
bcm dtag mode ltpbmgt lttypegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 and each slot lodging a
MOD300 Radio Board mandatory
bull lttypegt it is the port definition that can be internal for NNI ports or external for UNI ports man-
datory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towardslot where a PDH card is lodged Applying this command toward PDH slots will destroy all the
E1s traffic
All radio ports shall be NNI ports
Command example
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge20 internal
bcm port ltpbmpgt priority=ltngt discard=none
bull ltpbmpgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2166
3 Features supported through Configuration file
management
A generic feature can be implemented using configuration file The configuration file uses a set of low level
commands provisioning in the proper way different devices of different MPR cards The appropriate com-
mands are written inside a configuration file After an NE reset the configuration file is applied provi-
sioning the Ethernet switch and other devices to implement the desired feature
31 QinQ
To properly configure QinQ feature inside the MPR this procedure should be followed
1) Preliminary configuration
2) TPID setting
3) Port configuration (UNI NNI)
4) S-VLAN definition
5) S-VLAN priority definition
311 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the QinQ capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in 8021D
bridge mode by CTNMS Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be
properly configured by CTNMS
All the service VLANs will be configured by configuration file
discard all traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12266
312 TPID setting
In Q-in-Q bridging mode it is required to define a TPID value The default is 0x8100 The same TPID on
all permitted ports should be used Changing TPID on Radio and PDH ports is forbidden
bcm dtag tpid ltpbmgt ltex valuegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltex valuegt TPID value in hexadecimal
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt outertpidselect 0
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20
NB This command should not be applied if the TPID=0x8100 (since this value of TPID is the default
value)
Command example
bcm dtag tpid ge17 0x9100
bcm vlan port ge17 outertpidselect 0
On user port 1 the TPID will be 0x9100 The outer TPID will be the per port configured TPID
NB The default TPID value in Q-in-Q is 0x8100 changing the TPID with a different value than
0x8100 will imply a traffic hit up to 120 seconds on all MPR interfaces (PDHs radios and user
ports) during every restart condition after the first configuration file appliance
313 Port configurationIn Q-in-Q bridging mode each port must be defined as user to network interface (UNI) or network to net-
work interface (NNI)
bcm dtag mode ltpbmgt lttypegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 and each slot lodging a
MOD300 Radio Board mandatory
bull lttypegt it is the port definition that can be internal for NNI ports or external for UNI ports man-
datory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towardslot where a PDH card is lodged Applying this command toward PDH slots will destroy all the
E1s traffic
All radio ports shall be NNI ports
Command example
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge20 internal
bcm port ltpbmpgt priority=ltngt discard=none
bull ltpbmpgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12266
312 TPID setting
In Q-in-Q bridging mode it is required to define a TPID value The default is 0x8100 The same TPID on
all permitted ports should be used Changing TPID on Radio and PDH ports is forbidden
bcm dtag tpid ltpbmgt ltex valuegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltex valuegt TPID value in hexadecimal
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt outertpidselect 0
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20
NB This command should not be applied if the TPID=0x8100 (since this value of TPID is the default
value)
Command example
bcm dtag tpid ge17 0x9100
bcm vlan port ge17 outertpidselect 0
On user port 1 the TPID will be 0x9100 The outer TPID will be the per port configured TPID
NB The default TPID value in Q-in-Q is 0x8100 changing the TPID with a different value than
0x8100 will imply a traffic hit up to 120 seconds on all MPR interfaces (PDHs radios and user
ports) during every restart condition after the first configuration file appliance
313 Port configurationIn Q-in-Q bridging mode each port must be defined as user to network interface (UNI) or network to net-
work interface (NNI)
bcm dtag mode ltpbmgt lttypegt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 and each slot lodging a
MOD300 Radio Board mandatory
bull lttypegt it is the port definition that can be internal for NNI ports or external for UNI ports man-
datory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towardslot where a PDH card is lodged Applying this command toward PDH slots will destroy all the
E1s traffic
All radio ports shall be NNI ports
Command example
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge20 internal
bcm port ltpbmpgt priority=ltngt discard=none
bull ltpbmpgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2366
bull ltngt the possible values are in range 0-7 mandatory
NB The above commands implies always a switch offon of the involved port so anytime the con-
figuration file will be applied a traffic hit will always occurs on the involved port
bcm pvlan set ltpbmpgt ltvidgt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltvidgt integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 mandatory Vid must have been cre-
ated and all ports in ltpbmpgt must belong to that VLAN
bcm vlan port ltpbmpgt useinnerpri ltngt
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 the priority used will be the port priority 1 the priority used will be the C-VLAN priority
if present mandatory
Command example
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm port ge17 priority=3 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
The PVLAN=100 will be added on user port 1 For untagged frame the priority will be 3 while for tagged
frame the priority will be copied from C-VLAN
314 VLAN Table management
In order to manage the VLAN Table the following command should be used
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan create 1000 portbitmap=ge11ge12ge20 untagbitmap=ge20
The VLAN ID number 1000 will be created the user port 4 and the slots 4 and 6 will be members of this
VLAN and the frame forwarded by Eth port 4 (with VLAN_ID=1000) will be untagged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12466
315 QINQ management usage examples
3151 Use Case A Two EVC transport
Figure 2 Two EVC transport case A
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 4
Each Equipment transmits untagged and tagged frames and is connected to specific Eth port on NE1
EQL1=gt Eth1 EQL2=gt Eth2 EQR1=gt Eth1 EQR2=gt Eth2
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 011)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= port PRI
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2566
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge14 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12666
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
bcm dtag mode ge18 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge18ge11 ubm=ge18
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
bcm pvlan set ge18 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=3 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
use S-PRI=101
bcm port ge18 prio=5 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 2970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2766
3152 Use Case B Mobile Backhauling
Figure 3 Mobile Backhaling case B
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3
Each BS transmits untagged and Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Service Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel S-VLAN ID= 100 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
BLUE tunnel S-VLAN ID= 101 S-VLAN PRI= C-VLAN PRI (if the C-VLAN is not present the S-VLAN PRI
will be 001)
TPID=0x8100
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 12866
Definition of user port as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge17ge14 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 100
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of user ports as UNI
bcm dtag mode ge17 external
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 2966
Definition of Radio port as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge11
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge17ge11 ubm=ge17
definition of Port VLANs
bcm pvlan set ge17 101
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 prio=1 discard=none
if the C-VLAN is present copy the C-PRI into S-PRI
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
Definition of Radio and user ports as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
bcm dtag mode ge17 internal
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13066
bcm vlan create 100 pbm=ge14ge17
bcm vlan create 101 pbm=ge14ge17
enable traffic on specific port
bcm port ge17 discard=none
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3166
32 VLAN SWAP
321 Preliminary configuration
In order to manage the VLAN SWAP capabilities with configuration file the NE must be configured in
8021D bridge mode Additionally to manage the QoS according the 8021p value the NE must be prop-erly configured by CTNMS
The VLAN SWAP feature is available in conjunction with QinQ
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
322 Enable VLAN swap
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt ltdirectiongt 1
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltdirectiongt translateegress translateingress to enable the VLAN translation in egress or
ingress mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
As result of these commands the VLAN translation capability is enabled in ingress and egress of user port
1
323 VLAN Creation
In order to manage the VLAN Swap feature it is required to explicitly create all the VLANs involved in a
swap rule using the following command
bcm vlan create ltidgt portbitmap=ltpbmpgt untagbitmap=ltubmpgt
bull ltidgt id is a integer number used as VLAN ID range 2-4080 The VLAN IDs already defined
as crossconnect internal flows (ie TDM2TDM TDM2ETH) cannot be used mandatory
bull ltpbmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt range ge6 ge11 ge12 ge13
ge14 ge15 ge16 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltubmpgt pbmp is a list of possible ports members of VLAN ltidgt that forward the frame
untagged range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 optional
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13266
324 Create a VLAN swap rule
bcm vlan translate add port=ltportNumgt oldVlan=ltoldIDgt newVlan=ltnewIDgt prio=ltngt
bull ltportNumgt port number range 718192021 and each slot lodging a MOD300 Radio Board
mandatory
bull ltoldIDgt incoming VLANID to be swapped the old VLANID must have been created beforeapplying any egress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltnewIDgt new VLANID used to remark the old VLANID frame field the new VLANID must have
been created before applying any ingress VLAN swap rule mandatory
bull ltngt priority value used to replace the 1p bits -1 value is used in order to not replace the incom-
ing frame priority mandatory
NB Ports from ge11 to ge16 refers to MSS slots this command must not be applied to ports towards
slot where a PDH card is lodged
Command example
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
This command defines a VLAN swap rule on user port 1 Every incoming frames on user port 1 having
VLANID 2 will be remarked with VLANID 102 without changing the priority (1p btis)
325 Enable VLAN swap miss drop
bcm vlan port ltpbmgt translateingressmissdrop ltngt
bull ltpbmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltngt 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) the dropping mechanism of unknown VLANs mandatory
Command example
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
The result of this commands is that any incoming VLAN on user port 1 that have not an explicit swap rule
configured will be automatically dropped
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3366
326 VLAN SWAP usage examples
3261 Use Case Mobile Backhauling
Figure 4 VLAN SWAP - Mobile Backhauling
NE1 has the radio inserted in slot 3
NE2 has the radio inserted in slot 3 and slot 4
NE3 has the radio inserted in slot 3 For this NE the configuration file is not needed the VLANs will be
configured by CTNMS
Each BS transmits Customer tagged frames the RNC transmits Customer Tagged frames
BS1=gt Eth1 BS2=gt Eth1 RNC=gt Eth1
Inside the MPR network the following provisioning will be done
RED tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=102 and
C-VLAN ID=103 The PRI bits will be copied
BLUE tunnel C-VLAN ID=2 and C-VLAN ID=3 received on Eth1 will be swapped in C-VLAN ID=104 and
C-VLAN ID=105 The PRI bits will be copied
configuration file for NE1
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13466
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge17ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge17ge14
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=102 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=103 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=102 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=103 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE2
start enhanced configuration file
start preliminary configuration
discard not provisioned traffic on all user ports
bcm port ge6ge17-ge20 discard=all
apply port priority
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3566
bcm vlan port ge6ge17-ge20 useinnerpri 0
end preliminary configuration
enable ingress and egress VLAN translate
bcm vlan port ge17 translateegress 1
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingress 1
definition of VLANs on user and radio ports
bcm vlan create 102 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 103 pbm=ge11ge14
bcm vlan create 104 pbm=ge11ge17
bcm vlan create 105 pbm=ge11ge17
definition of Port PRI and enable incoming traffic
bcm port ge17 discard=none
bcm vlan port ge17 useinnerpri 1
enable dropping of VLANs without ingress translation rule defined
bcm vlan port ge17 translateingressmissdrop 1
Definition of Radio as NNI
bcm dtag mode ge11 internal
bcm dtag mode ge14 internal
definition of Port translation rules
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=2 newvlan=104 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate add port=18 oldvlan=3 newvlan=105 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=104 newvlan=2 prio=-1
bcm vlan translate egress add port=18 oldvlan=105 newvlan=3 prio=-1
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NE3
NE3 should be configured in 8021Q and VLANs from 102 to 105 must be configured by the means of CT
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13666
33 PORT BASED RATE LIMITING
331 Preliminary configuration
The following commands must be applied in order to enable the port based rate limiting feature
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge6 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge17 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge18 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge19 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
bcm m BKPMETERINGCONFIG_EXTge20 BKPDISCARD_ACCT_EN=0
332 IngressEgress port rate limiting
bcm portrate ltpbmgt ltmodegt ltrategt ltburstgt
bull ltbpmgt list of possible ports range ge6 ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 mandatory
bull ltmodegt can be egress or ingress mandatory
bull ltrategt rate is expressed in kilobits per second (1000 bps) range 0 to 1000000 (with step of
64) mandatory
bull ltburstgt burst (max number of bits admitted at link speed) is expressed in kilobits (1000 bits)
range 32 to 128000 mandatory
Command example
bcm portrate ge17 egress 15000 24
This command defines an egress rate limiting on user port 1 at 15Mbps with a burst of 24000 bits (3000
bytes)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 3970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3766
34 SCHEDULER SETTING
341 Preliminary information
The MPR has 8 queues per each switch port and each radio board In this document we refer to queue
7 as the highest priority one (top one) and to queue 0 as the lower priority one (in some other documentsthe queue index can be from 1 to 8)
The scheduler can be configured into the Ethernet switch and MOD300 board
342 Default configuration
Figure 5 Scheduler default configuration
Inside the switch the HQP scheduler algorithm will be used on queues Q7 Q6 and Q5
Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) will be used on the other queues with the following weights
In the MOD300 card the High Queue Preempt (HQP) algorithm will be used to schedule each transmit
queue
Queue Weight
Q4(higher priority) 16
Q3 8
Q2 4
Q1 2
Q0 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 13866
343 Switch configuration
3431 Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
3432 Strict Priority + Deficit Weighted Round Robin Scheduler definition
This command defines the SP+DWRR scheduler assigning the queues weight in an incremental way
except for those queues that are in strict priority
To enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
344 MOD300 configuration
3441 Overview
In order to configure the scheduler in DWRR mode it is needed to write some configuration registers To
enable this feature contact your local Alcatel-Lucent support
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 3966
35 MAPPING 8021p TO QUEUES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the 8021p QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
351 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the 8021p values and queues is predefined
and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14066
352 Switch configuration
3521 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
changing only priority 2 and priority 0
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
111110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011000 Q1
010001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4166
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
start enhanced configuration file
Remapping 1p to only 4 queues
bcm fp action remove 11 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 12 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 13 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 14 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 15 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 16 cosqnew
bcm fp action remove 17 cosqnew
bcm fp action add 11 cosqnew 4
bcm fp action add 12 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 13 cosqnew 3
bcm fp action add 14 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 15 cosqnew 1
bcm fp action add 16 cosqnew 0
bcm fp action add 17 cosqnew 0
bcm fp entry reinstall 11
bcm fp entry reinstall 12
bcm fp entry reinstall 13
bcm fp entry reinstall 14
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14266
bcm fp entry reinstall 15
bcm fp entry reinstall 16
bcm fp entry reinstall 17
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4366
353 MOD300 configuration
3531 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between 8021p value and queue it is needed to write some con-
figuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following tables
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
P= 8021p value range 0x0 to 0x7
Q= queue associated to the P value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 0X0 P
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14466
3532 8021p to queues mapping usage examples
Use case A
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 51a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 3 and 4
8021p priority Queue
111 110 Q4(higher priority)
101 Q3
100 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4566
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 21a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 21a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 21a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 21a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 21a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 21a07007 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 31a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 31a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 31a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg 31a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg 31a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14666
Use case B
Mapping between 8021p values and queues according the following table
setreg S1a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07007 b4b4b4b1
configuration file for NEs with radio inserted into slot 7
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 61a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 61a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 61a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 61a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 61a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
8021p priority Queue
Q4(higher priority)
111110 Q3
100101 Q2
011010 Q1
000001 Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 4970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4766
configuration file for NEs with protected radio inserted into slot 5 and 6
start enhanced configuration file
setreg 41a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 41a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 41a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 41a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 41a07007 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07000 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg 51a07002 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg 51a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07005 b5b5b5b2
setreg 51a07006 b4b4b4b1
setreg 51a07007 b4b4b4b1
end enhanced configuration file
3533 Restoring initial configuration
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07000 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07001 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07002 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07003 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07004 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07005 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07006 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07007 b3b3b3b0
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 14866
36 MAPPING DiffServ TO QUEUES FOR IPv4 FRAMES
To manage properly this feature it is needed to configure both Ethernet switch and MOD 300 board
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
361 Default configuration
Inside the switch and MOD300 card the mapping between the DSCP values (6 bits) and queues is pre-
defined and not configurable by ECTNMS It is the following
362 Switch configurationIt is possible define up to 8 rules with the following commands
bcm fp entry destroy ltrule numbergt
bcm fp entry create 1 ltrule numbergt
bcm fp qual ltrule numbergt dscp ltToSgt ltMaskgt
bcm fp action add ltrule numbergt cosqnew ltqueuegt
bcm fp entry install ltrule numbergt
bull lt rule number gt number of rule (integer) range 11-18 mandatory
bull ltToSgt ToS value (hex) range 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltMaskgt ToS mask (hex) 1=match 0x00-0xff mandatory
bull ltQueuegt Queue number (integer) range 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) mandatory
3621 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
Mapping between DiffServ values and queues according the following table
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 101110 101000 Q4(higher priority)
100110 100100 100010 100000 Q3
011110 011100 011010 011000 Q2
010110 010100 010010 010000
001110 001100 001010 001000
000000
Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5170
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 4966
start enhanced configuration file
All DiffServ rules are removed
bcm fp entry destroy 11
bcm fp entry destroy 12
bcm fp entry destroy 13
bcm fp entry destroy 14
bcm fp entry destroy 15
bcm fp entry destroy 16
bcm fp entry destroy 17
bcm fp entry destroy 18
Definition of new rules
bcm fp entry create 1 11
bcm fp qual 11 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 11 dscp 0xc0 0xdc
bcm fp action add 11 CosQNew 4
bcm fp entry install 11
bcm fp entry create 1 12
bcm fp qual 12 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 12 dscp 0xb8 0xfc
bcm fp action add 12 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 12
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5270
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15066
bcm fp entry create 1 13
bcm fp qual 13 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 13 dscp 0xa0 0xfc
bcm fp action add 13 CosQNew 3
bcm fp entry install 13
bcm fp entry create 1 14
bcm fp qual 14 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 14 dscp 0x78 0xf4
bcm fp action add 14 CosQNew 2
bcm fp entry install 14
bcm fp entry create 1 15
bcm fp qual 15 ethertype 0x0800 0xffff
bcm fp qual 15 dscp 0x58 0xf4
bcm fp action add 15 CosQNew 1
bcm fp entry install 15
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5370
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5166
363 MOD300 configuration
3631 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value and queue it is needed to write some
configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x40 to 0x7F
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5470
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15266
3632 DiffServ to queues mapping usage examples
To obtain the mapping between the DSCP values and queues as showed in the table above the following
configuration file must be applied (inside the script the letter S must be replaced by slot number according
the description given in the previous paragraphs)
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b7b7b7b4
DiffServ priority Queue
111000 110000 Q4(higher priority)
101110 101000 Q3
011110 011100 Q2
010110 010100 Q1
All remaining values Q0
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5570
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5366
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5670
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15466
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
3633 Restoring initial configuration
In order to bring the configuration in the initial state the following file must be applied
start enhanced configuration file
setreg S1a07040 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07041 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07042 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07043 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07044 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07045 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07046 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07047 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07048 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07049 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704a b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704c b6b6b6b3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5770
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5566
setreg S1a0704d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0704e b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a0704f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07050 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07051 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07052 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07053 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07054 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07055 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07056 b6b6b6b3
setreg S1a07057 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07058 b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a07059 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705a b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705c b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0705e b5b5b5b2
setreg S1a0705f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07060 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07061 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07062 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07063 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07064 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07065 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07066 b4b4b4b1
setreg S1a07067 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07068 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07069 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706b b7b7b7b4
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5870
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15666
setreg S1a0706c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0706e b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a0706f b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07070 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07071 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07072 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07073 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07074 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07075 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07076 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07077 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a07078 b3b3b3b0
setreg S1a07079 b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707a b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707b b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707c b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707d b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707e b7b7b7b4
setreg S1a0707f b7b7b7b4
end enhanced configuration file
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 5970
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5766
37 IPv6 QoS SUPPORT WITH FLEXIBLE MAPPING TRAFFIC CLASS TO
QUEUES
371 Preliminary configuration
By CTNMS the DiffServ QoS mechanism must be selected as QoS classification criteria for the Ethernet
flows
The NE can be configured in 8021D or 8021Q bridge mode
To enable the IPv6 QoS support with the default mapping between traffic class value and queue (see user
manual) it is needed to apply the configuration file only to the switch for all others mapping the config-
uration file must be apply also to the MOD300 card
To set or modify the Switch configuration and the MOD300 configuration please contact Alcatel-Lucent
372 MOD300 configuration
3721 Overview
In order to configure a specific mapping between DiffServ value (inside the traffic class) and queue it is
needed to write some configuration registers The command has the following format
setreg address data
The address and data field will be filled according the following table
S=0x2 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 3 (first column second row)
S=0x3 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 4 (second column second row)
S=0x4 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 5 (first column third row)
S=0x5 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 6 (second column third row)
Address
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
S 0X1 0XA 0X0 0X7 0X0 D1 D2
Data
Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3
Nibble 0 Nibble 1 Nibble 2 Nibble 3 Nibble 4 Nibble 5 Nibble 6 Nibble 7
0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q 0XB Q-3
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6070
Configuration
Features supported through Configuration file man-
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 15866
S=0x6 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 7 (first column fourth row)
S=0x7 if the Radio Board is inserted into slot 8 (second column fourth row)
D1ampD2= DiffServ value range 0x80 to 0xbF
Q= queue associated to the D1ampD2 value range 0x3 (high priority Q4) to 0x7 (low priority Q0)
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6170
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 5966
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATION MEANING
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
ALiS Automatic Link Shutdown
AM Adaptive Modulation
AMc Adaptive Modulation Controller
ANSI American National Standards Institute
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CD Current Data
CF Configuration File
CT Craft Terminal
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DCC Data Communication Channel
DS Differentiated Services
DWRR Deficit Weighted Round Robin
EA Encryption Algorithm
EC Equipment Controller
ECT Equipment Craft Terminal
EFC Ethernet Flow Control
EPS Equipment Protection Switching
ETH Ethernet
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
EW Early Warning
FAW Frame Alignment Word
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6270
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16066
FC Flash Card
FCS Frame Check Sequence
FD Frequency Diversity
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GFP Generic Frame Protocol
HQP High Queue Preempt
HS Hitless Switch
HSB Hot Stand-By
HST Hot Stand-by
IDU InDoor Unit
IP Internet Protocol
IWF InterWorking Function
LAN Local Area Network
LOF Loss Of Frame
LOS Loss Of Signal
MAC Medium Access Control
MC Main Core
NE Network Element
NEC Network Element Clock
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network to Network Interface
ODU OutDoor Unit
OH OverHead
PBMP Port BitMaP
PDH Plesyochronous Digital Hierarchy
PDV Packet Delay Variation
PM Performance Monitoring
PNU Packet Node Unit
PTU Packet Transport Unit
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6370
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6166
QoS Quality of Service
RAI Remote Alarm Indication
RDI Remote Defect Indication
REI Remote Error Indication
RMU Removable Memory Unit
RPS Radio Protection Switching
SC Spare Core
SD Space Diversity
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SP Strict Priority
TC Traffic Class
TDM Time Division Multiplex
TMN Telecommunication Management Network
ToS Type of Service
TS Time Slot
UNI User to Network Interface
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
WRR Weighted Round Robin
XC Cross Connection
ABBREVIATION MEANING
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6470
Configuration
Abbreviations
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16266
A definition of some widely used terms is given below to better glance through this document
Administrator A user who has access rights to all the management domains of the product He has
access to the whole network and to all the management functionality
Alarm A warning of a system malfunction which may have an immediate or potentially negative impact
on the operation of equipment or the OS
Alarm Status Identifies the type and severity of an alarm
Craft Terminal (CT) Workstation or Personal computer (PC) from which the local access to an NE is pos-
sible It can be used to configure or perform monitoring tasks on the NE
EML Application This application is responsible for the configuration and management of NEs
Information Manager (IM) A software unit representing the functional core of an application (or a part of
it) handling the application data processing and its persistency An IM opposes itself and provides ser-
vices to an USM (User Service Manager) in charge of the dialog with the operator
Management Information Base (MIB) Describes all the managed objects controlled by the system TheOS MIB and the NE MIB are typical examples in this system
Network Element (NE) Either a single telecommunications equipment or part of a Telecommunications
Network it has characteristics compliant with CCITT recommendations
Notification Spontaneous data received by the system concerning an NE
Operation System (OS) A system dedicated to the supervision of NEs in a standard way using protocols
and interfaces It offers to the operator a set of functions necessary to supervise the NEs
Operator The end-user of the product He supervises a part of the network that is dependant on his user
profile
Severity Linked to the alarms the severity indicates the magnitude of a failure
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN) Defines the concept of interoperable management of
TNs They provide an organized network structure to achieve the interconnection of the different com-
ponents of the TN and the services to process the information
User Service Manager (USM) These are presentation processes used by PNM to manage the user inter-
face and facilitate the interaction with the product
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6570
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 1 6366
INDEX
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6670
Configuration
Index
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Issue 16466
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6770
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 1 6566
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
The meaning of this section is to collect customer feedback about this handbook
Scope of this activity is the improvement and innovation of customer documentation through the under-
standing of customer needs
Your comments are welcome
Please send your comment also if you appreciate the handbook
You can send them to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
They will be addressed to the team in charge of the relevant manual
The following form supplies an example only of useful info as a guide of the type of expected feedback
It is possible fill part of the form add other data and so on
How to send feedback
bull copying the example form filling it and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance
Center In this case handbook data are already available at the page bottom
bull using the same form available as a file in the relevant documentation CD-ROM saving filling
and sending it by e-mail to your Local Alcatel Technical Assistance Center
bull creating a dedicated form on paper or file and sending it to your Local Alcatel Technical Assis-
tance Center
Wersquoll take your suggestion in account
We reserve to modify consequently the handbook according to the corretness and congruence of the sug-
gestion and requests
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6870
Configuration
Customer Documentation Feedback
9500MPR-E Rel122
3DB 18648 0000 Edition 16666
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK
Handbook Data
Handbook title releaseversion
Handbook type
Handbook part number and edition
General Feedback Evaluation
SUBJECT 5(max) 4 3 2 1 (min)Total evaluation
Info quantity
Info quality
Info structure
Consulting facility
Layout
Chapters Feedback Evaluation
HANDBOOK PARTS 5(max) 4 3 2 1(min)
PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
Your Comments (stricltly necessary when value is less than 3)
Suggestion for Improvement
Which subject to deepen
How to deepen
Subject to eliminate or reduce
Other commentssuggestions
Errors Identified
Reader Info
Name
Company
Address
Phone
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 6970
3DB 18648 0000Issue 1
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
7142019 3DB 18648 0000 Issue1
httpslidepdfcomreaderfull3db-18648-0000-issue1 7070
